-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, OWIvvoh+/lwIMagd/MeCtYGYU0ms3pUbLVfDZEjTh0vUZfNN7EnVI6vg5sdh9c7+ 3dm7URSqII9unvXRxgHFUg== 0001091596-02-000008.txt : 20020415 0001091596-02-000008.hdr.sgml : 20020415 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001091596-02-000008 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 8-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 14 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20020408 ITEM INFORMATION: Other events ITEM INFORMATION: Financial statements and exhibits FILED AS OF DATE: 20020408 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CYTOMEDIX INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001091596 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-COMMERCIAL PHYSICAL & BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH [8731] IRS NUMBER: 232958959 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 8-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-28443 FILM NUMBER: 02603985 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1523 BOWMAN RD SUITE A CITY: LITTLE ROCK STATE: AR ZIP: 72211 BUSINESS PHONE: 5012258400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1523 BOWMAN RD SUITE A CITY: LITTLE ROCK STATE: AR ZIP: 72211 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: AUTOLOGOUS WOUND THERAPY INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20000407 8-K 1 disc8k.htm FORM 8-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C., 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report: April 8, 2002

Cytomedix, Inc.


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 0-28443 23-3011702


(State of Incorporation) (Commission File Number) (IRS Employer Identification No.)

New address

Eden Tower Plaza, 790 Frontage Road, Northfield, Illinois 60093


Registrant's telephone number, including area code (847) 441-2485

Three Parkway North, Deerfield, Illinois 60015


(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Item 3.

A plan of reorganization has been submitted but has not yet been confirmed. See Item 5.

Item 5. Other Events

As reported in form 8-K filed on August 8, 2001, Cytomedix, Inc. (the "Company"), filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court of the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division (Case No. 01- 27610). The Court has named the Company as debtor in possession and the Company is authorized to continue to operate its business.

On March 21, 2002, the Company filed its Chapter 11 Reorganization Plan with the accompanying disclosure statement and a motion to approve the adequacy of the disclosure statement. On April 16, 2002, at 9:30 a.m., a hearing will be held before the Honorable Eugene R. Wedoff, United States Bankruptcy Judge for the Northern District of Illinois in Courtroom 744 of the United States Courthouse, 219 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois, to consider the motion and any objections thereto.

Any responses or objections to the Disclosure Statement should be filed with the Court by April 15, 2002, and served upon the Company's bankruptcy counsel by 4:30 p.m. on that day. Company's counsel should be served at the following address: Steven R. Jakubowski, Robert F. Coleman & Associates, 77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

All objections should (i) comply with the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, (ii) state the name of the objector and the nature and amount of its claim against or interest in the Company, (iii) state with particularity the legal and factual ground(s) for such objections(s), and (iv) provide a specific reference to the text of the disclosure statement to which the objection is made and provide proposed language changes or insertions into the text of the disclosure statement to resolve such objections.

The Proposed Plan of Reorganization and Disclosure Statement to the Plan of Reorganization and some of the exhibits thereto are included in this filing. Those Exhibits which either were submitted or will be submitted with the Proposed Plan and Disclosure Statement, but which are not included in this filing, are as follows: the Patent License Agreements, Schedule of Contracts to be Assumed, Schedule of Contracts to be Rejected, the Projected Balance Sheets, the Historical Financial Statements with Independent Auditors' Report and the Liquidation Analysis. Any of these exhibits are available upon request to the Company's bankruptcy counsel at the name and address hereinabove stated. THIS PLAN HAS NOT YET BEEN CONFIRMED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.

Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits
Exhibit Number Description of Exhibit
2.01 Proposed Disclosure Statement to the Plan of Reorganization
2.02_AppA Appendix A to the Proposed Disclosure Statement: Plan of Reorganization
2.03_IA61 Proposed Long-Term Incentive Plan
2.04_IA64 Proposed Class A Warrant
2.05_IA65 Proposed Class B Warrant
2.06_IA70 Proposed Stock Certificate for Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
2.07_IA71 Proposed Stock Certificate for Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
2.08_IA91 Proposed Restated Bylaws
2.09_IA92A Proposed Restated Certificate of Incorporation
2.10_IA92B Proposed Restated Certificate of Designation
2.11_IA100 Proposed Short Selling Bar Representation
2.12_AppE Information regarding the Certain Anticipated Officers, Directors and Consultants of the Reorganized Debtor
2.13_AppF List of Potential Defendants in Causes of Action for Infringement or Unauthorized Use of Intellectual Property Assets or Breaches of Confidentiality, Nondisclosure or Noncompetition Agreements






SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

Cytomedix, Inc.

By: /s/Kent Smith

Chief Executive Officer/President

Date: April 8, 2002 EX-2 3 discstmt.htm 2.01 PROPOSED DISCLOSURE STATEMENT TO THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS

EASTERN DIVISION

In re:

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

(f/k/a Autologous Wound Therapy, Inc.)

Debtor.

Taxpayer ID No.: 23-3011702

Chapter 11 Case No. 01 B 27610 Honorable Eugene R. Wedoff



DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

TO THE

PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

OF

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

Steven R. Jakubowski (ARDC NO. 6191960)

Elizabeth E. Richert (ARDC NO. 6275764)

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 444-1000

Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Attorneys for the Debtor and Debtor in Possession

DATED: March 21, 2002

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SUMMARY viii

I. INTRODUCTION 1

II. VOTING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES 2

A. Notice to Holders of Claims and Equity Interests 2

B. Solicitation Package 2

C. Voting Procedures, Ballots, and Voting Deadline 3

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBTOR 3

A. Corporate History of the Debtor 3

B. Description of the Debtor's Business 4

1. Operations 4

2. Sales and Marketing 5

3. Competition 7

4. Intellectual Property Rights 9

a. Generally 9

b. The Worden Patent and the Claims of Charles E. Worden, Sr 9

c. The Curative Royalty Agreement 11

d. Potential Infringers of the Debtor's Patents 12

5. Government Regulation 12

6. Properties 13

C. Prepetition Debt Financings 13

D. The Debtor's Prepetition Board of Directors and Committees 14

E. Events Leading to the Filing of the Reorganization Case 15

IV. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASE 16

A. Commencement of the Reorganization Case 16

B. The Shareholders' Consent Solicitation, Resignation of Former Management, and Appointment of New Management 16

C. Debtor in Possession Financing and Continued Use of Cash Collateral 17

D. Liquidation of Procuren-Related Assets 18

E. Filing of Schedules; Claims Bar Dates for Prepetition and Postpetition Claims 18

F. Significant Business Developments 19

G. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 20

H. Extensions of the Debtor's Exclusivity Period 20

I. Negotiations Leading to the Filing of the Plan 20

V. FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS FOR THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR 21

VI. SUMMARY OF THE REORGANIZATION PLAN 22

A. Overall Structure of the Plan 23

B. Classification and Treatment of Claims and Equity Interests 23

C. Treatment of Unclassified Claims 24

1. Allowed Administrative Claims 24

a. Generally 24

b. Manner of Distribution of New Common Stock to Converting Holders of Allowed Administrative Claims 25

c. Special Provisions for Distribution of New Common Stock and New Warrants for Converting Holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes 25

2. Allowed Tax Claims 26

D. Treatment of Classified Claims 26

1. Treatment of Allowed Secured Claims (Class 1) 26

a. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1A (12% Senior Notes) 27

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate 27

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock 28

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1A Claims" 28

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative" 28

b. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1B (10% Junior Notes) 28

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate 29

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock 29

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1B Claims" 29

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative" 30

c. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1C (Worden) 30

d. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1D (Curative and Waverly) 30

e. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1E 31

2. Allowed Priority Unsecured Claims of Employees (Class 2) 31

3. Allowed General Unsecured Claims (Class 3) 32

a. General Information and Instructions 32

b. Option 3A (Distribution of Cash Only) 35

c. Option 3B (Distribution of New Common Stock Only) 35

4. Allowed Preferred Stock Interests (Class 4) 36

a. Class 4A (Existing Series A Preferred Stock) 36

b. Class 4B (Existing Series B Preferred Stock) 36

5. Existing Common Stock (Class 5) 37

6. Existing Stock Options (Class 6) 37

7. Other Equity Interests, Including Section 510(b) Claims (Class 7) 37

E. Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 38

1. Assumptions Generally 38

2. Approval of Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 38

3. Objections to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 39

4. Payments Related to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 39

F. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Rejected 40

G. Claims Bar Date for Rejection Damages 40

H. Corporate Action 40

I. Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities, and Other Documentation 41

J. Applicability of Bankruptcy Code Sections 1125 and 1145 to Certain New Securities to Be Issued Under the Plan 42

K. Revesting of Property of the Estate and Release of Liens 42

L. Setoffs 43

M. Preservation of Rights of Action 43

N. Claims Administration Responsibility; The Disbursing Agent 45

O. Objections to Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests 45

P. No Distributions Pending Allowance 46

Q. Timing, Calculation, and Manner of Amounts to Be Distributed 46

1. Cash Payments 46

2. Transmittal of Distributions 46

3. Estimation of Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests 46

4. Distributions After Allowance of Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests 47

5. Undeliverable Distributions 47

R. Fractional Securities 47

S. Distribution Record Date 48

T. Retention of Jurisdiction 48

VII. CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN 51

A. Confirmation Hearing and Objections to Confirmation 51

B. Conditions to Confirmation Contained in the Bankruptcy Code 52

1. Generally 52

2. Financial Feasibility 53

3. Acceptance by Impaired Classes 53

4. Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes: The "Cramdown" Alternative 54

a. Nonacceptance by an Impaired Class of Secured Claims 54

b. Nonacceptance by Class 3 (General Unsecured Claims) or Class 4 (Existing Series A Preferred) 55

c. Nonacceptance by Class 5 (Existing Common Stock) 55

d. Deemed Nonacceptance by Classes 6 and 7 (Existing Stock Options and Other Equity Interests) 55

e. Other Considerations 55

5. The "Best Interests" Test: the Debtor's Liquidation Analysis 56

C. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of the Plan 57

D. Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date 58

E. Legal Effects of Confirmation and Effectiveness of the Plan 58

1. Discharge and Injunction 58

2. Contribution Bar 60

3. Termination of Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies 60

F. Limitation of Liability 61

G. Amendment and Modification of the Plan 62

H. Withdrawal, Revocation, or Non-Consummation of the Plan 62

I. Alternatives to Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan; Benefits of Plan Over Alternative Competing Plans 62

VIII. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER THE PLAN 63

A. New Common Stock 63

B. New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock 64

C. New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock 64

D. New Warrants 65

E. Transfer Agent and Registrar 66

IX. CERTAIN MATTERS IN RESPECT OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR 66

A. Funding of the Plan 66

B. Management of the Reorganized Debtor 66

C. Reorganization Bonus 67

D. Long Term Incentive Plan of the Reorganized Debtor 67

E. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Restated Certificate of Designation, and Restated Bylaws of the Reorganized Debtor 68

F. Registration Rights Granted to New Investors 68

G. Delaware Anti-Takeover Law 69

X. CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED 69

A. Inherent Uncertainty of the Financial Projections; History of Losses 69

B. Absence of Established Market for New Common Stock 70

C. Importance of Management 71

D. Assumptions Regarding the Value of the Reorganized Debtor's Assets 71

E. Future Litigation Risks 71

F. Absence of Dividends on the New Common Stock 72

XI. RESALE OF SECURITIES RECEIVED UNDER THE PLAN 72

A. Issuance of New Common Stock 72

B. Subsequent Transfers of Securities 73

XII. CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN 74

A. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors 75

1. Discharge or Cancellation of Indebtedness of the Debtors 75

2. Recognition of Gain or Loss by the Debtor 75

3. Amount and Utilization of Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Other Federal Income Tax Attributes 76

B. Tax Consequences to Holders of Allowed Claims. 76

C. Tax Consequences to Holders of Allowed Existing Equity Interests. 77

D. Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance 77

XIII. RESERVATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS 77

XIV. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 78

XV. RECOMMENDATION AND CONCLUSION 78



APPENDICES

APPENDIX A Plan of Reorganization of Cytomedix, Inc.

Plan Exhibits

I.A.61 Long Term Incentive Plan for the Reorganized Debtor

I.A.64 Form of New Class A Warrant

I.A.65 Form of New Class B Warrant

I.A.70 Form of New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate

I.A.71 Form of New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate

I.A.91 Restated Bylaws for the Reorganized Debtor



I.A.92(A) Restated Certificate of Incorporation for the Reorganized Debtor

I.A.92(B) Restated Certificate of Designation for the Reorganized Debtor

I.A.92 Restated Certificate of Incorporation for the Reorganized Debtor (including Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation)

I.A.100 Short-Selling Bar Representation Irrevocably Made and Deemed Made by All Persons Receiving New Common Stock Under the Plan

I.A.106 Worden Agreements with the Reorganized Debtor

A. Patent License Agreement

B. Substitute Royalty Agreement

C. Mutual Releases

V.A Schedule of Contracts to Be Assumed

V.B Schedule of Contracts to Be Rejected



APPENDIX B Projections of the Reorganized Debtor: 6/1/2002 - 12/31/2004

APPENDIX C Historical Financial Statements, with Accompanying Notes

(1) for the Year Ending 12/31/2000 (Audited)

(2) for the Year Ending 12/31/2001 (Unaudited), including the

Postpetition Period

(3) for the Fiscal Quarter Ending March 31, 2002

APPENDIX D Liquidation Analysis

APPENDIX E Information Regarding Certain Anticipated Officers, Directors, and Consultants of the Reorganized Debtor

APPENDIX F Potential Defendants in Causes of Action for Infringement or Authorized Use of Intellectual Property Assets or Breaches of Confidentiality, Nondisclosure, or Noncompetition Agreements

Brief Description of the Debtor

Cytomedix, Inc. (the "Debtor") filed a voluntary petition for relief in the Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, on August 7, 2001 (the "Petition Date").

The Debtor is a biotechnology company whose business model is premised upon developing, producing, licensing, and distributing autologous cellular therapies (i.e., therapies using the patient's own body products) for the treatment of chronic, non-healing wounds using the Debtor's proprietary platelet gel and related product therapies. To create the proprietary platelet gel product, the patient's own platelets and other essential blood components for the healing process are separated through centrifugation and formed into a gel (hereinafter, "AutoloGelTM") that is topically applied to a wound (under the direction of a physician).

Since new management took over control on the Debtor on October 16, 2001, the Debtor has made substantial progress in developing a new business model. This model is premised upon advances in technology that enable the Debtor to deliver AutoloGel in a simple, low cost manner at the point of care through single-use, licensed disposable packs. The Debtor has conducted ongoing testing of the new method's effectiveness, which have borne out the Debtor's assertions regarding the product's price, ease of use, and therapeutic advantages. Also, the Debtor has (directly and indirectly) entered into license agreements that have enabled the Debtor to test AutoloGel's effectiveness on patients being treated in nationally recognized wound care treatment centers. Based on the limited results achieved to date, the Debtor believes that its business prospects will substantially improve following the Effective Date as the cloud of the bankruptcy will have been lifted and third parties gain confidence in the Debtor's financial viability.

Summary of Classification and Treatment of

Allowed Claims and Equity Interests Under the Plan

The classification of Allowed Claims and Equity Interests, the estimated aggregate amount of such Claims and Equity Interests in each Class (after resolution of all Disputed Claims), and the amount and nature of distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Equity Interests in each such Class are summarized in the table that follows. Holders of Allowed Claims and Equity Interests who will receive New Common Stock under the Plan on account of their Allowed Claims and Equity Interests should consider a number of material risks relating to an investment in the New Common Stock, including those identified in Section XI of the Disclosure Statement.

REORGANIZATION PLAN STRUCTURE

Class / Claimant Amount / Number Description of Treatment No. of Common

Shares Issued

Cash Outlays
Postpetition Senior Secured Notes $620,000 Converts to New Common Stock at Administrative Rate of $1.00/Share. 1 Class A Warrant for each 4 Shares of New Common Stock Issued. 3 Class B Warrants for each 20 Shares of New Common Stock Issued. Shares Issued on Effective Date, Subject to Lock Up that is Removed 10% on the Initial Distribution Date and 10% on Each of the Nine Succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. 620,000 -
Other Administrative Claims $526,250 Conversion of Two-Thirds of Debtor's Counsel's Fees at Administrative Rate. Cash Outlay Reflects Reduction by $90,000 in Retainers Projected to Be Paid. 10% of Shares Issued on Initial Distribution Date and 10% on Each of the Nine Succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. 266,667 $169,583
Fresh Capital Infusions $1,800,000 Same treatment as Postpetition Senior Secured Notes 1,800,000 -
Priority Tax Claims $40,340 Cash over Six Years from Date of Assessment; Interest Accruing at 4% per Annum - $40,340
12% Senior Noteholders

(Class 1A)

$2,384,000 Assumes 50% Converts to New Common Stock at Administrative Rate. Remainder Converts to New Series A Convertible Preferred at $1.00 per Share (1,192,000 Preferred Shares). Neg. Covenants Prohibit Security Interest on 1P or Royalties until New Series A Convertible Preferred Retired. Liquidation Preference over Common and New Series B Convertible Preferred. 8% Cumulative Dividend: Paid in Kind in Year 1; thereafter in Cash or Paid in Kind at Board Discretion. Call Feature on Preferred: 105% of Par Value until 1st Anniv. of Effective Date; 104% thereafter. Upon 1st Anniv., and Every Six Months Thereafter, May Convert 25% of Remaining Preferred Holdings at Greater of: (I) 90% of 20 day avg. closing ask price and (II) $3.00Shares of New Common Stock Issued in 12 Equal Monthly Installments Commencing on Initial Distribution Date. Shares of New Series A Convertible Preferred Issued on Initial Distribution Date. 1,192,000 -
10% Junior Noteholders

(Class 1B)

$ 2,865,170 Assumes 50% Converts to New Common Stock at Administrative Rate. Remainder Converts to New Series B Convertible Preferred at $1.00 per Share (1,432,585 Preferred Shares). Neg. Covenants Prohibit Security Interest on 1P or Royalties until New Series B Convertible Preferred Retired. Liquidation Preference over Common. 8% Cumulative Dividend: Paid in Kind in Year 1; thereafter in Cash or Paid in Kind at Board Discretion. Call Feature on Preferred: 105% of Par Value until 1st Anniv. of Effective Date; 104%-until 2d Anniv; 103% thereafter. Upon 1st anniv., and Every Six Months Thereafter, May Convert 25% of Remaining Preferred Holdings at Greater of: (I) 90% of 20 day avg. closing ask price and (II) $3.00 Shares of New Common Stock Issued in 12 Equal Monthly Installments Commencing on Initial Distribution Date. Shares of New Series B Convertible Preferred Issued on Initial Distribution Date. 1,432,585 -
Worden Secured Claims

(Class 1C)

88,623 Converts to New Common Stock at Administrative Rate of $1.00/ Share. Shares of New Common Stock Issued in 12 Equal Monthly Installments Commencing on Initial Distribution Date. 88,623 -
Curative/Waverly Secured Claims (Class D) $300,000 Funds have been Escrowed by Debtor from DePuy Royalty Payments Received and Will Be Turned Over on the Effective Date, Unless the Debtor Shall Have Commenced an Avoidance Action Against Claimant - -
Priority Employee Claims

(Class 2)

$110,949 Cash over Six Years from Effective Date; Interest Accruing at 4% per Annum - $110,949
General Unsecured Claims

(Class 3)

$2,650,000 At Election of Creditor: Either--Option 3A: $0.12 in Cash on the Plan Effective Date; Option 3B: 1 share of New Common Stock for each $5.00 in Allowed Claim. Assume Here: 70% Fall within Option 3A; 30% Fall within Option 3B. Shares of New Common Stock Issued in 12 Equal Monthly Installments Commencing on Initial Distribution Date 159,000 $222,600
Existing Series A Preferred

(Class 4A)

$1,625,000 One Share of New Common Stock for each 5 Shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock Issued Only When Trailing 12 Month Revenues Exceed $10 Million. Shares of Common Stock Issued in 12 Equal Monthly Installments Commencing on Date of Satisfaction of Condition 325,000 -
Existing Series B Preferred

(Class 4B)

5,111,550 Pay $0.0001 Liquidation Preference per Share on Effective Date - $511
Existing Common Stock

(Class 5)

11,681,073 One Share of New Common Stock for Each Five Shares of Existing Common Stock. Shares of New Common Stock Issued in 12 Equal Monthly Installments Commencing on Initial Distribution Date 2,336,215 -
Existing Stock Options

(Class 6)

6,043,310 None - -
Other Equity Interests

(Class 7)

- None - -
Reorganization Bonus - Five Percent of Plan Issued Shares (does not reflect added rights to 5% of New Preferred Stock, or 59,600 New Series A Convertible Preferred and 71,629 New Series B Preferred Convertible Preferred). Shares of New Common Stock Issued in 12 Equal Monthly Installments Commencing on Initial Distribution Date 411,004 -
- - TOTAL ESTIMATED SHARES OF NEW COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED UNDER PLAN 8,631,094 -
- - TOTAL ESTIMATED SHARES OF NEW SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK TO BE ISSUED UNDER PLAN 1,251,600 -
- - TOTAL ESTIMATED SHARES OF NEW SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK TO BE ISSUED UNDER PLAN 1,504,214 -
- - TOTAL ESTIMATED NEW CLASS A WARRANTS TO BE ISSUED UNDER PLAN 605,000 -
- - TOTAL ESTIMATED NEW CLASS B WARRANTS TO BE ISSUED UNDER PLAN 363,000 -
- - TOTAL ESTIMATED CASH OUTLAYS UNDER PLAN - 543,983




Notes:

1. This chart does not reflect the 15% of Total Shares Issued Under the Plan Reserved Under the Proposed Long Term Incentive Plan

2. All recipients of New Securities issued under the Plan are subject to Short Selling Bar Representation at Exhibit 1.A.100 of the Plan

Funding of the Plan

Cash payments required by the Plan shall be provided from the funds of the Estate, from funds generated by operation of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor's business, and from the fresh capital raised through the Private Placement Offering. These funds are designated to be escrowed prior to the Confirmation Date and turned over to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date upon satisfaction of the other conditions precedent to Confirmation set forth in Article VIII of the Plan.

In the Private Placement Offering being conducted by the Debtor in conjunction with the Confirmation, the Debtor is offering to sell (net of fees and commissions) at least $1.7 million and no more than $3 million (net) in New Common Stock and New Warrants to New Investors on the same terms and conditions offered to the holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes that elect under Section III.A.1.d of the Plan to convert their Allowed Claims into shares of New Common Stock and New Warrants. If the requisite minimum funds are committed, the closing of the Private Placement Offering will occur on the Effective Date.

Conditions Precedent to Plan Effectiveness

The occurrence of the Effective Date shall be conditioned upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any one of which may be waived at the sole and absolute discretion of the Debtor:

1. the Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtor (in its sole and absolute discretion), which Order shall have become Final;

2. the Plan shall not have been amended, altered, or modified from the Plan as Filed and disseminated with the Disclosure Statement, unless such amendment, alteration, or modification is, and all Exhibits to the Plan are, in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion;

3. at least $1.7 million in fresh capital (net of fees and commissions) shall have been escrowed pursuant to the Private Placement Offering, and such escrowed funds shall be designated to be irrevocably released to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the Private Placement Offering;

4. Classes 1A and 1B shall have voted to accept the Plan;

5. holders of Class 5 Equity Interests shall receive the distributions contemplated by the Plan so that the Reorganized Debtor has sufficient shareholders of record to qualify for listing on a national securities exchange such as Nasdaq or the American Stock Exchange.

The Debtor retains the right to withdraw or revoke the Plan in its sole discretion at any time prior to the Confirmation Date.

Senior Management of the Reorganized Debtors

Appendix E to the Disclosure Statement designates the individuals who shall serve initially as the directors and the executive officers of the Reorganized Debtor commencing on the Effective Date. This list may be amended any time prior to the Effective Date upon such notice as may be required by the Bankruptcy Court. Subject to any requirement of Bankruptcy Court approval under Bankruptcy Code Section 1129(a)(5), those persons so designated shall be authorized to assume their offices on or before the Effective Date and shall be authorized to continue to serve in such capacities thereafter pending further action of the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Reorganized Debtor in accordance with applicable law.

Balloting

After carefully reviewing the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, and the detailed instructions accompanying your Ballot, please indicate your acceptance or rejection of the Plan by voting in favor of or against the Plan on the enclosed Ballot. Please complete and sign your original Ballot (copies will not be accepted) and return it in the envelope provided.

Each Ballot has been coded to reflect the Class of Claims or Equity Interests it represents. Accordingly, in voting to accept or reject the Plan, you must use only the coded Ballot or Ballots sent to you with this Disclosure Statement.

In order for your vote to be counted, your original Ballot must be properly completed in accordance with the voting instructions on the Ballot and received no later than May [ ], 2002, at 4:30 p.m. (Central time) (the "Voting Deadline") at the offices of Robert F. Coleman & Associates, 77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800, Chicago, Illinois 60601 (Attn: Jeffrey M. Erickson, Esq.); Tel: (312) 606-8635; Fax: (312) 444-1028. Fax copies of ballots will be accepted only if the originals of such ballots are received at the aforementioned office by the end of the fifth succeeding business day. Do not return any stock certificates or debt instruments with your Ballot.

Holders of Claims and Equity Interests entitled to receive shares of New Common Stock under the Plan should note that a vote in favor of the Plan will be deemed a vote in favor of the Long Term Incentive Plan, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit I.A.61 to the Plan and described generally in the Disclosure Statement.

The Confirmation Hearing

The Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the Confirmation Hearing for May [ ], 2002, at 10:00 a.m. (Central Time) before the Honorable Eugene R. Wedoff, United States Bankruptcy Judge, at the Dirksen Federal Building, 219 South Dearborn, Courtroom 744, Chicago, Illinois. The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for the announcement of the adjournment date made at the Confirmation Hearing. At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the requirements of Bankruptcy Code section 1129 have been satisfied, and if appropriate, the Bankruptcy Court will enter the Confirmation Order approving the Plan.

As indicated in the Order Approving Disclosure Statement and Scheduling Confirmation Hearing, any objection to Confirmation of the Plan must be made in writing and must specify in detail the name and address of the objector, grounds for the objection, evidentiary support therefor, and the amount of the objector's Claim or such other grounds as give the objector standing to assert any objection to the Plan. Any such objection must be Filed and served in the manner described in the Order Approving Disclosure Statement and Scheduling Confirmation Hearing so that it is received on or before May [ ], 2002.

Cramdown

Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code allows a Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan, even if it has not been accepted by all Impaired Classes entitled to vote on the Plan, provided that the Plan has been accepted by at least one Impaired Class. The Debtor reserves its right to seek the application of the statutory requirements set forth in Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b) for confirmation of the Plan despite lack of acceptance by all Impaired Classes entitled to vote on the Plan.

Further, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b), notwithstanding the failure of an Impaired Class to accept the Plan, it may be confirmed, on request of the Plan proponent, through a procedure commonly known as a "cramdown," if the Plan does not "discriminate unfairly" and is "fair and equitable" with respect to each non-accepting Class of Impaired Claims or Equity Interests. For the reasons outlined in the Disclosure Statement, the Debtor believes that the cramdown requirements can be satisfied in this case as against holders of General Unsecured Claims and Equity Interests.

I.

INTRODUCTION

Cytomedix, Inc. (the "Debtor") submits this disclosure statement (the "Disclosure Statement") pursuant to section 1125 of title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101, et seq. (the "Bankruptcy Code") for use in the solicitation of votes on the Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan") proposed by the Debtor and filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division (the "Bankruptcy Court") on March 21, 2002. A copy of the Plan is annexed as Appendix A to this Disclosure Statement. Descriptions or summaries of significant Plan provisions are set forth in Section VI of this Disclosure Statement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in Article I.A of the Plan.

This Disclosure Statement sets forth certain information regarding the Debtor's prepetition operating and financial history, the need to seek chapter 11 protection, significant events that have occurred during the Reorganization Case, and the anticipated organization, operations, and financing of the Reorganized Debtor. This Disclosure Statement also describes terms and provisions of the Plan, including certain alternatives to the Plan, certain effects of confirmation of the Plan, certain risk factors associated with securities to be issued under the Plan, and the manner in which distributions will be made under the Plan. In addition, this Disclosure Statement discusses the confirmation process and the voting procedures that holders of certain Claims and Equity Interests in Impaired Classes must follow for their votes to be counted.

This Disclosure Statement contains summaries of certain provisions of the Plan, certain documents related to the Plan, certain events in the Reorganization Case, and certain financial information. Although the Debtor believes that such summaries are fair and accurate, they are qualified to the extent that they do not set forth the entire text of such documents. Factual information contained in this Disclosure Statement regarding the Debtor's operations has been provided by the Debtor's management, except where otherwise specifically noted. The Debtor and its representatives do not warrant or represent that the information contained herein, including the financial information or projections, is without any material inaccuracy or omission. Except where specifically noted, the financial information contained herein has not been audited by a certified public accounting firm and may not be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Certain of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement is by its nature forward looking and contains estimates, assumptions, and projections that may be materially different from actual future results. Except with respect to the projections set forth in Appendix B annexed hereto (the "Projections") and as otherwise specifically and expressly stated herein, this Disclosure Statement does not reflect any events that may occur subsequent to the date hereof that may have a material impact on the information contained in this Disclosure Statement. Neither the Debtor nor the Reorganized Debtor intends to update the Projections. Accordingly, the Projections will not reflect the impact of any subsequent events not already accounted for in the assumptions underlying the Projections. Further, the Debtor does not anticipate that any amendments or supplements to this Disclosure Statement will be distributed to reflect such occurrences. Accordingly, the delivery of this Disclosure Statement shall not under any circumstance imply that the information herein is correct or complete as of any time subsequent to the date hereof. For a description of various risk factors to be considered, refer to Section X of this Disclosure Statement.



II.

VOTING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES

A. Notice to Holders of Claims and Equity Interests

This Disclosure Statement is being transmitted to holders of Claims and Equity Interests that are entitled under the Bankruptcy Code to vote on the Plan. The purpose of this Disclosure Statement is to provide adequate information to enable such holders to make a reasonably informed decision with respect to the Plan prior to exercising their right to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Section VI.B hereof identifies those holders of Claims and Equity Interests entitled to vote on the Plan.

This Disclosure Statement contains important information about the Plan, considerations pertinent to acceptance or rejection of the Plan, and developments concerning the Reorganization Case. No solicitation of votes may be made except after distribution of this Disclosure Statement, and no person has been authorized to distribute any information concerning the Debtor other than the information contained herein.

On April [_], 2002, the Bankruptcy Court approved this Disclosure Statement as containing information of a kind and in sufficient and adequate detail to enable such holders to make an informed judgment with respect to acceptance or rejection of the Plan. This Disclosure Statement is the only document authorized by the Bankruptcy Court to be used in connection with the solicitation of votes on the Plan. The Bankruptcy Court's approval of this Disclosure Statement, however, does not constitute either a guaranty of the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein or an endorsement of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court.

All holders of Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtor are encouraged to read this Disclosure Statement and its appendices carefully and in their entirety before deciding to vote either to accept or to reject the Plan.

B. Solicitation Package

Accompanying this Disclosure Statement are the following: (i) the Plan (at Appendix A hereto); (ii) the Confirmation Hearing Notice (including, among other things: the time for submitting Ballots to accept or reject the Plan; the date, time, and place of the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan; and the time for filing objections to confirmation of the Plan); and (iii) one or more Ballots (and return envelopes) to be used by Persons eligible to vote on the Plan.

C. Voting Procedures, Ballots, and Voting Deadline

After carefully reviewing the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, and the detailed instructions accompanying your Ballot, please indicate your acceptance or rejection of the Plan by voting in favor of or against the Plan on the enclosed Ballot. Please complete and sign your original Ballot (copies will not be accepted) and return it in the envelope provided.

Each Ballot has been coded to reflect the Class of Claims or Equity Interests it represents. Accordingly, in voting to accept or reject the Plan, you must use only the coded Ballot or Ballots sent to you with this Disclosure Statement.

In order for your vote to be counted, your original Ballot must be properly completed in accordance with the voting instructions on the Ballot and received no later than May [ ], 2002, at 4:30 p.m. (Central time) (the "Voting Deadline") at the offices of Robert F. Coleman & Associates, 77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800, Chicago, Illinois 60601 (Attn: Jeffrey M. Erickson, Esq.); Tel: (312) 606-8635; Fax: (312) 444-1028. Fax copies of ballots will be accepted only if the originals of such ballots are received at the aforementioned office by the end of the fifth succeeding business day. Do not return any stock certificates or debt instruments with your Ballot.

If you need additional copies of the Disclosure Statement or have any questions about the procedure for voting your Claims or Equity Interests, or regarding the Scheduled amount of your Claims or Equity Interests, you should contact Mr. Jeffrey M. Erickson at the address or phone number listed in the preceding paragraph.



III.

DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBTOR

A. Corporate History of the Debtor

The Debtor was incorporated in Delaware on April 29, 1998. Prior to November 4, 1999, the Debtor was known as Informatix Holdings, Inc., which was originally a public shell company (i.e., an inactive, publicly traded company with nominal assets and liabilities). On December 11, 1998, Mr. Charles Worden, Sr. ("Worden") and certain other Persons formed an unrelated Arkansas corporation named Autologous Wound Therapy, Inc. ("AWT"). On November 4, 1999, AWT merged with and into another company named Informatix Holdings, Inc. ("Informatix"). Simultaneous with the merger, the name of the surviving corporation, Informatix, was changed to Autologous Wound Therapy, Inc. On March 30, 2000, the surviving entity changed its name to Cytomedix, Inc. The principal executive offices are presently located at Eden Tower Plaza, 790 Frontage Road, Northfield, Illinois 60093. The Debtor expects to move its corporate headquarters following the Effective Date to San Diego, California, where the Persons contemplated to serve as the Reorganized Debtor's chief executive officer and chief financial officer to the Reorganized Debtor presently reside.

Effective January 2, 2001, the Debtor acquired certain technology and other assets of Curative Health Services, Inc. and CHS Services, Inc. (collectively, "Curative") pursuant to an amended and restated asset purchase agreement (the "Procuren Acquisition"). The technology and other assets acquired by the Debtor in the Procuren Acquisition included the intellectual property rights related to the development and production of platelet-derived growth factors and certain tangible assets related to the production and sale of Curative's leading proprietary wound treatment agent, Procuren. From the outset of the Procuren Acquisition, the Debtor sustained recurring losses, leading it in May, 2001, to begin shutting down the entire Procuren operation.

B. Description of the Debtor's Business

1. Operations

The Debtor is a biotechnology company whose business model is premised upon developing, producing, licensing, and distributing autologous cellular therapies (i.e., therapies using the patient's own body products) for the treatment of chronic, non-healing wounds using the Debtor's proprietary platelet gel and related product therapies. To create the proprietary platelet gel product, the patient's own platelets and other essential blood components for the healing process are separated through centrifugation and formed into a gel (hereinafter, "AutoloGelTM") that is topically applied to a wound (under the direction of a physician).

The Debtor's present procedure for producing AutoloGel, which contrasts markedly with the cumbersome, expensive, and capital intensive procedures practiced by former management, begins with 4 small tubes of the blood being drawn from a patient through a standard blood-draw procedure. Platelet rich plasma from the drawn blood is then separated through pre-use centrifugation using a small, specialized table-top sized centrifuge. The separated platelet rich plasma is then mixed with pre-measured quantities of activating compounds to produce a solution that, when agitated, congeals into AutoloGel, a stable therapeutic product. The AutoloGel is then applied topically to the wound bed and covered with a contact layer and secondary occlusive dressing to hold it in place.

The competitive advantages of the Debtor's present method of producing AutoloGel over competing and former methods are substantial. The entire procedure takes less than five minutes and is done at the point of care by a health care professional (operating under the direction of a physician). Also, because the patient's own blood is used, a significant source of potential infection is thereby eliminated (compared with the use of donor platelets). In addition, because Further, application at the point of care eliminates issues regarding shelf life, bio-packaging, or transportation of the product (a problem that plagued the Procuren operations). In addition, because each component of the process has been approved by the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), the Debtor does not believe that this process requires any FDA pre-marketing approvals.

In company-sponsored retrospective studies, AutoloGel has been shown to be better and more cost-effective than competitive therapies in promoting the healing of chronic and other wounds. The Debtor believes that these competitive advantages, coupled with the Debtor's proprietary rights to the patents underlying this process, should enable the Reorganized Debtor to achieve business success.

2. Sales and Marketing

An estimated six million people in the United States suffer from chronic wounds such as pressure ulcers, diabetic ulcers, and venous stasis ulcers. In 1998, there was an average of 183 amputations a day in the United States due to diabetic ulcers, accounting for more than half of all such non-trauma related procedures. Venous stasis disease and pressure ulcers often afflict the elderly, who constitute the most rapidly growing segment of the U.S. population and account for a large share of total global and U.S. health care expenditures.

The wound care segment of the U.S. healthcare industry is estimated at between $5 billion and $7 billion. Global wound care expenditures are presently estimated at two to three times the U.S. share of this segment. More than five million chronic wound patients (representing an estimated 90% of the total U.S. market) are treated at a local hospital, by a local physician, or in a local extended care facility. Growth factor therapies--like AutoloGel--have not been used extensively in these settings due to the high cost and complexities previously associated with isolation of platelet enriched plasma from a patient. The Debtor believes that it is well-positioned to introduce AutoloGel into these markets and achieve significant market penetration through use of a low-cost method that, based on recent trials, have shown significantly superior healing results to those of competitive wound-healing products and procedures. The Debtor's formula of low price and superior results will hopefully translate into future revenues and profits no worse than the Projections.

The significant price advantage of AutoloGel over its competition is particularly important given that long term care facilities and home health agencies (both of which care for a large number of wound care patients) often operate in an reimbursement environment that fixes wound care reimbursement at a set amount, regardless of the cost to the health care provider. As such, substantial economic incentives exist among these providers to switch to a cheaper, effective substitute like AutoloGel. Recent testing conducted by the Debtor (in conjunction with the New Orleans-based Life Care Hospitals of Louisiana, LLC) suggests that cost savings and therapeutic benefits from using AutoloGel are substantial.

Over the past several years, as wound care has moved from an inpatient to an outpatient setting, new specialty centers have been created specifically to address chronic or non-healing wounds. There are approximately 400 of these chronic wound centers in the United States. With an average of 1,000 patients treated per year per facility, the Debtor estimates that approximately 12% of patients in these specialty clinic patients presently receive cellular growth factor treatments. This percentage, while greater than the overall average, is still limited by the high costs of these competitive biological products, the lack of Medicare reimbursement in a market dominated by the elderly, and the absence of a significantly differentiated product.

The Debtor initially plans to market AutoloGel into the chronic wound care market through the sale of disposable kits that provide the supplies for processing a single treatment for wound application. The end-user would purchase kits at a fixed price, which will vary depending on that customer's size, supply needs, term of contract, and related factors. The Debtor believes that through the sale and distribution of single-use, wound therapy kits containing the materials necessary to produce AutoloGel, the Debtor is well-positioned to capture significant sales in the chronic wound care market because of the product's therapeutic and price advantages.

As of this writing, the Debtor has targeted four types of healthcare providers within the chronic wound market. The first target is Long Term Care Acute facilities ("LTAC's"), where the comparative positive product cost and the faster time to heal patients wounds have made AutoloGel an attractive alternative to current therapies. Currently, representative facilities with two of the larger LTAC's have signed multi-year contracts with the Debtor or its licensed representatives. Discussions will begin later this year toward group purchasing options representing more than 300 such facilities.

The next targeted segment is the Home Health Care facilities, both public and private. Currently, nurses need to visit patient's homes to provide the needed once-a-day dressing changes for their chronic wounds. With Home Health Care facilities now being reimbursed under a so-called "prospective payment system," whereby they receive a standard payment for the care of a wound patient, the use of AutoloGel once a week eliminates both the cost of dressings and attendant nurse labor costs for these chronic wound patients. In addition, the regulations mandate that there needs to be evidence of progress in healing the wound by 21 days or Medicare may discontinue payment. Many traditional wound care treatments do not provide that healing progress whereas AutoloGel has shown significant healing progress in this time frame.

Long Term Care facilities comprise the Debtor's third targeted market. Given the large number of in-house driven pressure ulcers, the Debtor has discussions ongoing with one large national long term care chain to provide AutoloGel to reduce the recurring percentage of these long-term wounds.

Traditional hospital affiliated wound care centers make up the last targeted market for the Debtor. As of this writing, the Debtor or its licensed representatives have signed three long term contracts with wound care centers and have initiated discussions with another six facilities. As of today, these facilities are using AutoloGel on the hard-to-treat chronic wounds that make up a small percentage of their total wound population. Since most of these centers are reimbursement driven, the Debtor has also started a process to provide a localized reimbursement pathway for the use of AutoloGel to address the greater percentage of the chronic wounds with an expectation of having success in 2003.

The business model of the Debtor's former management was almost entirely premised upon obtaining a national Medicare reimbursement code for AutoloGel. While the Debtor believes obtaining this code will significantly improve sales, its present business model (upon which the Projections are premised) does not assume that such a code will be obtained in the near-term and instead relies on gaining increasing shares of the select markets described above.

3. Competition

It has become generally accepted that growth factors can aid significantly in wound healing. Many physicians believe that multiple growth factors can be more effective than the action of a single growth factor alone. The current market leader, Regranex, marketed by a division of Johnson & Johnson, Inc. ("J&J"), contains a single recombinant growth factor. Having been introduced after a lengthy clinical trial two years ago, it has captured approximately 2% of the chronic wound care market. Revenues have grown to $120 million annually. According to recent data, however, the product experienced only single digit growth for 2001. The Debtor perceives Regranex as a less desirable method of healing chronic wounds. While the Debtor acknowledges the success of the Regranex product in the marketplace, it believes that AutoloGel can capture significant share from Regranex in the Medicare exempt long-term acute care market and in the physician office market.

Currently in the marketplace is the cultured skin graft product, Apligraf, which is produced by Organogenesis, an American Stock Exchange company. The Debtor believes that this product is also expensive and difficult to use, currently requiring application under the same conditions as a skin graft (i.e., in a surgery suite). Medicare does reimburse for Apligraf treatments, and sales appear to be lagging (only approximately $4.2 million in sales for the first six months of 2001).

Recently approved for sale in the United States is a new product called Dermagraft, which is produced by Advanced Tissue Sciences, a Nasdaq company. Dermagraft is a dermal fibroblast skin substitute used to help in the wound closure of diabetic foot ulcers. It is made from human cells known as fibroblasts, placed on a dissolvable mesh material. The product is being marketed by Smith & Nephew, a large health care company with an established wound care presence. Dermagraft is easier to apply than Apligraf in that it can be applied in a physician's office. A significant drawback to Dermagraft, however, is that it requires storage in a minus 70 degree centigrade freezer, which most physicians do not own.

The table that follows shows how AutoloGel compares with other products, and illustrates AutoloGel's competitive advantages (note that the data is approximate as reported from multiple sources):

Product Cost Frequency of Use Potential Aggregate Cost Efficacy*

Apligraf $995 / Treatment 3-6 Treatments $2,985 - $5,970 56.3% in 12 wks.

Dermagraft $485 / Treatment 4-6 Treatments $1,940 - $2,910 27.9% - 39% in 12 wks.

Regranex $4.50 / Tube 2-5 Tubes $ 900 - $2,250 40% - 43% in 20 wks.

AutoloGel $225 / Treatment 2-6 Treatments $ 450 - $1,350 62% in 12 wks. and 91%

in 20 wks.

* Efficacy determined from respective companies' submissions to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") and from retrospective studies conducted by the Debtor (data on file at the corporate office).

Two other wound products/systems may be used for severe wounds. The VAC (Vacuum Assisted Closure), marketed by KCI, uses sponges which are placed in the wound, with tubing attached to a negative pressure pump. This has been used especially with cavernous wounds. Another treatment resource is Hyperbaric Oxygen (HBO). Patients are placed in either a monoplace or multiplace chamber and provided inspired oxygen under pressure to increase the tissue saturation of oxygen.

Product Cost Frequency of Use Potential Aggregate Cost Efficacy

VAC $110 / Treatment 14 - 30 Treatments $1,540 - $3,330 Not Available

HBO $450 / Treatment 10 - 20 Treatments $4,500 - $9,000 Not Available

AutoloGel $225 / Treatment 2 - 6 Treatments $ 450 - $1,350 62% in 12 wks. and 91%

in 20 wks.

In order to achieve a national reimbursement code for AutoloGel, the Debtor will have to undertake a prospective, randomized, multi-site clinical trial so as to provide the necessary data as required by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS"), formerly known as the Healthcare Financing Agency ("HCFA"). In addition, a 1994 HCFA ruling prohibiting the reimbursement of growth factor products for chronic wounds will have to be dismissed. The Debtor believes, based on past and present discussions with CMS, that within two years following the Effective Date, the Debtor should be well-positioned to obtain a national reimbursement code from CMS, thereby substantially increasing the Debtor's market penetration based on the ability of end users to obtain federal reimbursement for AutoloGel treatments. Clinical testing necessary to obtain such a national reimbursement code may require the Reorganized Debtor to raise additional financing to support this effort.

4. Intellectual Property Rights

a. Generally. The Debtor regards its patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property (collectively, the "Intellectual Property Assets") as critical to its success. The Debtor relies on a combination of patents, trademarks, and trade secret and copyright laws, as well as confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions, and other similar measures, to establish and protect its Intellectual Property Assets. The Debtor has in the past several years filed numerous patent applications worldwide seeking protection of its technologies. As of October 16, 2001, the Debtor owned five U.S. patents (including U.S. Patent No. 5,165,938 (the "Knighton Patent") and U.S. Patent No. 6,303,112 (the "Worden Patent")), various corresponding foreign patents, and various trademarks. The Debtor has filed for or received trademarks for the names "Cytomedix," "Procuren," AutoloGel, and a few variants thereof. In addition, the Debtor has numerous pending trademark applications and foreign patent applications.

The Debtor has endeavored to inhibit disclosure of its trade secrets through a number of means, including restricting access to the Debtor's proprietary information and requiring substantially all of its employees, consultants, and other persons with access to the Debtor's proprietary information to execute confidentiality agreements with the Debtor.

Despite these efforts, the Debtor may not be able to prevent misappropriation of its technology or deter others from developing similar technology in the future. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of its Intellectual Property Assets is difficult. Litigation may be necessary to enforce the Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources.

b. The Worden Patent and the Claims of Charles E. Worden, Sr. Charles E. Worden Sr., currently an interim director of the Debtor, is the sole inventor of U.S. Patent #6,303,112 (the "Worden Patent") as well as the sole inventor and initial applicant on the first non-provisional patent application (PCT/US99/02981), the parent application to the submission from which the Worden Patent was issued. Mr. Worden also invented all of the technology described in the various United States and foreign patent applications listing Mr. Worden as sole inventor. The Worden Patent and the technology described in the various applications are referred to collectively as the "Worden-Related Patents."

Mr. Worden was an officer, director and majority shareholder of the Debtor's predecessor, AWT. On or about April 27, 1999, Mr. Worden and AWT executed a Royalty Agreement providing for payments and accountings by AWT to Mr. Worden. On or about June 2, 1999, Mr. Worden assigned the Worden Patent and related intellectual property to AWT, including the exclusive right to utilize the process embodied by the Worden Patent, subject to reversion should the Debtor not fulfill its obligations thereunder. Pursuant to the royalty agreement with Mr. Worden, as amended, in consideration for the assignment by Mr. Worden to the Debtor of his right, title, and interest in all intellectual property covered by the Worden Patent, the Debtor agreed to pay Mr. Worden a royalty equal to 5% of the gross profit derived by the Debtor from the sale or use of the intellectual property rights represented by the Worden Patent, not to exceed $1,000,000 in any four consecutive quarters. The Debtor also had a consulting arrangement with Mr. Worden providing for a maximum payment of $50,000 per year until such time as royalties paid exceeded $150,000 during any four consecutive calendar quarters. In November 1999, following AWT's merger into the public shell, Mr. Worden was no longer an officer, director or majority shareholder of the Debtor.

As a result of defaults claimed by Mr. Worden under his agreements with the Debtor, Mr. Worden claimed a reversionary ownership interest in the Worden Patent and, on this basis, caused the Worden Patent to be issued in his name by the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office on October 16, 2001. When issued, the Worden Patent listed Mr. Worden, and not the Debtor, as the owner of the Worden Patent.

Following the Petition Date, the Debtor's old management alleged certain claims against Worden, including potential causes of action arising out of alleged theft of property from the Little Rock office premises, patent infringement, breaches of contract, and other unspecified acts and/or omissions. Mr. Worden vigorously denied such allegations. During the time of this dispute with the Debtor's old management, Mr. Worden also was a soliciting shareholder in a consent solicitation undertaken to replace the Debtor's former management.

The Debtor and Mr. Worden subsequently resolved their differences through execution of a letter of understanding, dated November 14, 2001. This letter of understanding delineated the terms to be included in a plan of reorganization regarding Mr. Worden's claimed intellectual property rights in the Worden Patent and the treatment of Claims he asserted against the Debtor. Pursuant to this letter of understanding, Mr. Worden assigned the Worden-Related Patents to the Debtor, subject to a condition subsequent reversionary interest during the Reorganization Case should certain projected events (such as confirmation of a plan of reorganization incorporating the terms of the letter of understanding) fail to materialize.

The parties also agreed in the letter of understanding to the terms and conditions of the following three agreements (the "Worden Agreements"), which would become effective on the Effective Date:

(i) a patent license agreement (attached as Exhibit I.A.106(A) to the Plan), whereby the Debtor would license to Mr. Worden and his assigns the use of the Worden-Related Patents for veterinary applications;

(ii) a substitute royalty agreement (attached as Exhibit I.A.106(B) to the Plan), whereby the Debtor would (A) pay a 5% royalty from profits derived by the Debtor from the sale, licensing, or other exploitation of the Worden-Related Patents (with a minimum of $6,250 per month and up to a maximum of $600,000 per year), and (B) grant Mr. Worden a security interest in the Worden-Related Patents to secure payment of these royalties only; and

(iii) mutual general releases (the "Mutual Releases").

The security interest granted in the Substitute Royalty Agreement to secure payment of royalties thereunder cannot be foreclosed or otherwise executed upon until all holders of New Series A Preferred Stock (granted under the Plan to holders of the 12% Senior Notes) and New Series B Preferred Stock (granted under the Plan to holders of 10% Junior Notes) shall have converted their preferred shares to shares of New Common Stock.

The Debtor and Mr. Worden further agreed in the letter of understanding to Allow certain other Claims of Mr. Worden Claims as Secured Claims and other of his Claims as General Unsecured Claims. The Debtor also promised, following the Effective Date, to use its best efforts to relet the previously rejected leased facility in Little Rock, Arkansas (on which Mr. Worden remains personally obligated and continues to make monthly lease payments to the landlord of approximately $3,800) as part of the Reorganized Debtor's growing business activities in the area.

c. The Curative Royalty Agreement. The Debtor signed a prepetition royalty agreement, as later amended, with Curative (the "Curative Royalty Agreement") in connection with the Debtor's purchase of certain intellectual property and assets from Curative. Under this royalty agreement, the Debtor agreed to pay Curative a 6% royalty for sales of Procuren made to customers other than Curative. The Curative Royalty Agreement also (i) established Curative as a senior secured creditor and lienholder with regard to the patents acquired from Curative, (ii) provided Curative with rights to 30% of all aggregate proceeds from infringement actions, and (iii) granted Curative rights to 20% of any up-front license fees received by the Debtor for future licenses of Procuren. The Curative Royalty Agreement also obligated the Debtor to pay Curative royalties for sales of "future products" (defined as any future products which "embody any of the patents or are covered by any claim of the patents").

On March 21, 2001, the Debtor signed an exclusive licensing agreement with DePuy AcroMed, Inc., a subsidiary of DePuy, Inc. Under this agreement, the Debtor granted to DePuy an exclusive, worldwide license relating to platelet-based growth factors in the specific field of use covering diagnostic and therapeutic spinal, neurosurgery and orthopedic surgery. Under the terms of the Curative Royalty Agreement, as amended, the Debtor is required to pay Curative and its assigns approximately 92.3% of the royalties collected from DePuy (the "DePuy Royalty"). The monies to which Curative is entitled from the DePuy Royalty have been held by the Debtor as cash collateral and have not been released pending resolution of the Debtor's various disputes with Curative, as described herein.

Under a separate agreement dated August 9, 2001, between Curative and Waverly Holdings, LLC ("Waverly"), Curative assigned to Waverly (i) all of Curative's rights as holder of $881,552 in principal amount of 10% Junior Notes and (ii) one-half of Curative's rights to royalties payable under the Curative Royalty Agreement (including, without limitation, the DePuy Royalty). Waverly is a junior debt holder of the Debtor and one of Waverly's members is a present member of the Debtor's board and a holder of 12% Senior Notes and 10% Junior Notes. Waverly further obtained from Curative in this August 9, 2001 agreement a covenant that in the event Curative should become the sole owner or possessor of any patents covered by the security interests granted under the Curative Royalty Agreement, Curative will transfer ownership of such patents to Waverly, reserving for itself only its rights to payments of amounts due thereunder.

Claims arising under the Curative Royalty Agreement are classified in Class 1D of the Plan. These Claims are Unimpaired by the Plan, except that distributions on account of such Class 1D Claims shall not occur until after resolution of any Avoidance Actions commenced before the Effective Date (if any) against the holders of such Class 1D Claims.

d. Potential Infringers of the Debtor's Patents. The Debtor has identified a number of persons that it believes may potentially be infringing the Debtor's patents or trademarks. The Debtor has hired the law firm of Cummins & Cronin of Chicago, Illinois, which has substantial patent litigation expertise, to act as co-counsel with the Debtor's counsel in assisting the Debtor in analyzing causes of action against these potential infringers. A number of Persons have been identified that the Debtor believes may be (i) infringing the Debtor's proprietary rights to AutoloGel and other patented technologies or (ii) violating the terms of licensing, confidentiality, nondisclosure, or noncompetition agreements with the Debtor. These Persons are listed on Appendix F to this Disclosure Statement. The Debtor's investigation of such potential infringers or contract violators continues. The Plan expressly reserves within the Debtor all rights before and after the Effective Date to pursue actions against any Persons who at any time directly, indirectly, or contributorily infringed the Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets or breached licensing, confidentiality, nondisclosure, or noncompetition agreements with the Debtor.

5. Government Regulation

The FDA regulates drugs, biologics, and medical devices that move in interstate commerce. The FDA generally requires that such products receive pre-marketing approval based on evidence of safety and efficacy. The FDA has publicly stated that it believes that if any component of a drug or biological or if any patient receiving such substance moves in interstate commerce, a sufficient nexus with interstate commerce exists for FDA to require pre-marketing approval and licensing.

Though the Debtor does not have FDA approval for use of AutoloGel, it believes that FDA approval is not required because the treatment falls within recognized exceptions to the requirement of FDA approval (i.e., it is "autologous" and its application, being directed by a physician, falls within the realm of the practice of medicine). No assurances can be given, however, that the Debtor's use of AutoloGel will not be challenged or threatened by the FDA based on the Debtor's failure to obtain FDA approval for use of AutoloGel.

6. Properties

The Debtor presently has one leased facility in Northfield, Illinois, which serves as the Debtor's corporate headquarters. In the Procuren Acquisition, the Debtor entered into a lease assignment and assumption agreement with Curative, which assigned to the Debtor Curative's interest in approximately thirty leased facilities housing the Procuren operations (the "Procuren Facilities"). Few of these leases, however, were formally assigned with the landlord's consent. As such, few property owners became the Debtor's contractual landlord.

In the months preceding the Petition Date, the Debtor closed all the Procuren Facilities and sent notices of abandonment to all landlords of the Procuren Facilities. Because Curative remained liable under the leases, Curative has asserted a General Unsecured Claim against the Debtor in excess of $600,000 for out-of-pocket costs related the Procuren shutdown.

The Debtor disputes Curative's Claim. The Debtor asserts setoff rights against Curative for breaches of representations and warranties in connection with the Procuren Acquisition. The Debtor also holds potential Avoidance Actions against Curative, the recoveries of which take precedence under Bankruptcy Code section 502(d) over payments to Curative on account of any General Unsecured Claim that may be Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court.

C. Prepetition Debt Financings

The Debtor was effectively debt-free until the close of the Procuren Acquisition on January 2, 2001. The Debtor financed the $3,782,571 cash portion of the purchase price through the following: (i) a loan from Curative evidenced by a 10% Junior Note in the aggregate principal amount of $1,682,571.00 and (ii) loans from two other third-party lenders, also evidenced by the 10% Junior Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $2,100,000.

Principal and interest on the 10% Junior Notes were scheduled to come due on the April 15, 2001 maturity date, but was extended for one year pursuant to a "Consent, Waiver, Payoff and Exchange Agreement" with Curative and each of holders of the 10% Junior Notes (the "10% Note Extension"). Holders of 10% Junior Notes were partially paid down at the time of the 10% Note Extension with $1,325,000, representing approximately all of the net proceeds obtained in the 12% Senior Note offering that closed on April 23, 2001. Additionally, on or about this time, several other third party investors purchased the 10% Junior Notes not held by Curative and all holders of 10% Junior Notes contractually subordinated their Liens to those of the 12% Senior Note holders.

The Debtor has learned that some of 12% Senior Notes were perfected with UCC-1 filings within the 90 days preceding the Petition Date, arguably giving rise to a right to avoid the security interests underlying these Claims as preferential transfers. The Debtor has reviewed the issue of the potential avoidability of these Claims with representatives of the 12% Senior Notes and 10% Junior Notes. The strongest arguments asserted against the avoidability of these Claims as preferences were (i) that the perfection of the security interests underlying these Claims occurred within 30 days following the Debtor's receipt of funds, thus providing contemporaneous value in exchange for the perfection of the security interest, and (ii) that because the proceeds of the 12% Senior Note offering went to pay off perfected secured claims under the 10% Junior Notes, the 12% Senior Note holders were subrogated into the lien rights of the 10% Junior Note holders who had been paid off.

The Debtor in the Plan proposes a restructuring of the obligations to holders of 10% Junior Notes and 12% Senior Notes on the terms described in Sections III.B.1.a and III.B.1.b of the Plan. The Secured Claims represented by the 12% Senior Notes are classified in Class 1A of the Plan. The Secured Claims represented by the 10% Junior Notes are classified in Class 1B of the Plan. As more fully described herein and in the Plan, if the Plan is confirmed and becomes effective, then the holders of these Secured Claims in Classes 1A and 1B will convert at least 25% of their Allowed Claims to common stock at the Administrative Rate, and will convert the remainder of their Allowed Claims to New Series A Preferred Stock (in the case of the 12% Senior Notes) and New Series B Preferred Stock (in the case of the 10% Junior Notes).

D. The Debtor's Prepetition Board of Directors and Committees

From April 2000 through June 2001, the Debtor's board of directors consisted of five members. Three outside board members resigned in June 2001, purportedly claiming that they had a conflict of interest that prevented their continuing to serve arising from their desire to pursue an acquisition of the Debtor in liquidation. These directors, who also served as members of the Debtor's audit committee and/or compensation committee included Arthur F. Staubitz, R. Douglas Armstrong, and Fabrizio Bonanni. These directors are described in the Debtor's prepetition filings with the SEC under Form 10-KSB.

The Debtor's certificate of incorporation in effect at the Petition Date limited the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. The Debtor's former management claimed in prepetition public filings with the SEC that Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following: any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, the Debtor claimed in these filings that this limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The Debtor has not completed its review of the extent to which any of the Debtor's prepetition board members or officers may have breached their fiduciary duties to the Debtor or otherwise may have engaged in inequitable conduct. The Plan provides that the Reorganized Debtor shall have the exclusive right to prosecute, and retain the benefits of, such potential Causes of Action, including those generally described herein.

E. Events Leading to the Filing of the Reorganization Case

Beginning in April, 2000, the Debtor's management team consisted primarily of former senior executives of Baxter International ("Baxter") who had resigned from their positions at Baxter in order to join the Debtor. Upon their arrival, the Debtor changed its name to Cytomedix, Inc., and moved its principal executive offices to Deerfield, Illinois. At the time, the Debtor had over $7 million in cash reserves, almost no debt on its balance sheet, and its stock was trading as high as $28 per share.

The Debtor's management team failed to focus on the company's existing revenue generating wound care product line. Instead, the Debtor committed substantial resources to development of cellular technology that would take a long time to develop. Also, the Debtor's senior officers devoted substantial time and effort to the creation of complex tax-avoidance and asset reallocation strategies, including transferring secured Intellectual Property Assets to an offshore corporation wholly-owned by the Debtor's former chief executive officer. Then, the Debtor committed itself to the Procuren Acquisition before it had lined up the financing to fund the acquisition. In the weak financing environment facing bio-tech startups in late 2000, the Debtor was only able to arrange high-yield, short-term bridge financings to finance the acquisition. Immediately following the acquisition, the Procuren operations declined sharply, leading the Debtor's former management to commence a shut down of the operations in May, 2001.

Even worse, the tangible equipment purchased in the Procuren Acquisition, which was ascribed nearly $3 million of the total purchase price, yielded only a fraction of the total purchase price in liquidation. Notably, these sales occurred without the Debtor first having obtained the consents to these sales from the holders of the 12% Senior Notes or the 10% Junior Notes, all of whom had Liens on these assets. Potential Avoidance Actions against the purchasers of these assets based on inadequacy of price and potential Causes of Action against the Debtor's former management for wrongful conversion, corporate waste, and breach of fiduciary duty based on the Debtor's failure to obtain the consent of its Secured Creditors to the asset sales will vest in the Reorganized Debtor after the Effective Date.

As a result, by the spring of 2001, the Debtor was in the midst of a severe liquidity crisis. It had lost $33.34 million in the prior fiscal year, primarily based expenditures of $22 million in salaries and $8 million in consulting fees. In stark contrast, gross revenues that year totaled only about $350,000. In June 2001, the Debtor's former management laid off all but three full-time employees. At or around that time, the Debtor's former board members also were presented with a report from former management that the Debtor's assets might have to be auctioned. Three of the Debtor's board members immediately resigned, alleging they had conflicts of interest arising from their possible desire to bid on the Debtor's assets in liquidation. In addition, the Debtor's former management, in soliciting interest in a liquidation of the Debtor's assets, outlined strategies to buyers that kept them in their executive positions with the acquiring company while concurrently wiping out equity holders and challenging the rights of Secured Creditors on seemingly specious grounds. The Plan provides that potential Causes of Action by the Debtor (whether individually or derivatively) against the Debtor's former directors and officers for breaches of their duty of loyalty and/or professional malpractice in this regard will vest exclusively in the Reorganized Debtor.



IV.

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASE

A. Commencement of the Reorganization Case

The Debtor filed its chapter 11 petition for relief with the Bankruptcy Court on August 7, 2001 (the "Petition Date"). Since the Petition Date, the Debtor has continued to conduct its business as debtor and debtor in possession. No trustee or creditors' committee was appointed in the case. The Debtor's bankruptcy counsel at the Petition Date was Adelman, Gettleman, Berens & Carter, Ltd., which remained the Debtor's counsel through October 25, 2001.

The United States Trustee held a meeting of Creditors pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 341 upon notice to Creditors identified in the Debtor's mailing matrix. Only one unsecured creditor appeared at the meeting and the United States Trustee determined not to appoint a committee of Creditors holding General Unsecured Claims against the Debtor.

B. The Shareholders' Consent Solicitation, Resignation of Former Management, and Appointment of New Management

Attendant with the chapter 11 filing, the Debtor moved to retain a business broker that would market the Debtor's assets, including its Intellectual Property Assets, with a view towards conducting an auction of the Debtor's assets within sixty days. A group of shareholders objected to this contemplated disposition of the Debtor's assets and sought to remove the Debtor's management and board pursuant to a consent solicitation. At September 27, 2001, 18,629,935 shares of Debtor's Equity Interests were eligible to vote to remove and replace the Debtor's directors.

Pursuant to that consent solicitation, shareholders representing a majority of the Debtor's voting shares submitted written consents for the removal of the Debtor's board of directors and the election of following three new members to the board: Mr. Robert Burkett, Mr. Charles Worden, Sr., and Mr. David Crews. Former management withdrew its objections to the consent solicitation and announced in a Filed pleading that they had tendered their resignations "as of the date the consent solicitation became effective."

The consent solicitation became effective on September 28, 2001. The new board members elected in the consent solicitation assumed managerial control over the Debtor on October 16, 2001, the date the Bankruptcy Court was advised by that former management's objections to the implementation of the consent solicitation would be withdrawn.

The Debtor's newly installed board appointed Mr. Kent Smith as President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Smith had served as the Debtor's vice president of sales and marketing from July 2000 until being laid-off in June 2001. The Board also approved the hiring of Mr. Jimmy D. Swink, Jr., as the Debtor's reorganization manager. Mr. Swink was a contract consultant with the Debtor since its inception, is collateral agent for the 10% Junior Notes, and is a holder of 10% Junior Notes and Existing Equity Interests. The Debtor subsequently hired John D. Connally, III, as its financial consultant and Lee Wilcox, a licensed CPA, as its accounting consultant.

The Debtor's new management team also retained, with Bankruptcy Court approval, Robert F. Coleman & Associates as the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel and Williams & Anderson LLP as the Debtor's corporate and securities counsel.

C. Debtor in Possession Financing and Continued Use of Cash Collateral

Pursuant to orders of the Bankruptcy Court following commencement of the Reorganization Case, the Debtor was authorized to use the cash collateral held on the Petition Date that stood as security for the 12% Senior Notes and the 10% Junior Notes. The Debtor, however, did not seek authority to use the proceeds of the DePuy Royalty that served as cash collateral for the Debtor's obligations under the Curative Royalty Agreement. Pursuant to these cash collateral orders (the "Cash Collateral Orders"), the secured noteholders were granted continuing and replacement postpetition Liens on the Debtor's assets to the same extent as existed on the Petition Date.

Pursuant to orders entered in November 2001 and March 2002, the Bankruptcy Court authorized the Debtor under Bankruptcy Code sections 364(d) and 364(f) to borrow up to $600,000 in credit through the issuance of certain debt securities (the "Postpetition Senior Secured Notes"). These sums have been raised from the following Persons: Asset Factoring International, Ltd.; Renny Probst; William Tennison; Kent Smith; Pruett Manufacturing; Gail Capers; Jack Crouse; and [add new lenders through date of hearing on Disclosure Statement].

The Postpetition Senior Secured Notes accrue interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. They are an Administrative Claim payable on the earlier of (i) six months following the date of said note, (ii) the effective date of a plan of reorganization involving the Debtor, (iii) appointment of a chapter 11 trustee over the Debtor, (iv) conversion of the case to a chapter 7 liquidation, or (v) dismissal of the Reorganization Case. By their terms, $200,000 in Postpetition Senior Notes comes due on June 3, 2002; $12,500 comes due on June 24, 2002; $87,500 comes due on August 5, 2002; the remainder comes due in September and October, 2002.

The Debtor's obligations under the Postpetition Senior Secured Notes are secured (on a pari passu basis with all other holders of such notes) by a first priority and senior lien on all assets that secure the Claims of the holders of the 12% Senior Notes and the 10% Junior Notes.

D. Liquidation of Procuren-Related Assets

During the four months preceding the filing, the Debtor shut down 36 Procuren sites scattered around the country. Approximately $3 million of the purchase price in the Procuren Acquisition was allocated to these tangible assets. During the shutdown, the Debtor's former management instructed its personnel to sell all a significant portion of these assets. The assets yielded only a fraction of the book value ascribed to these tangible assets in the Procuren Acquisition. Despite the fact that the equipment sold had been pledged to secure the 12% Senior Notes and the 10% Junior Notes, the Debtor's former management failed to obtain the consent of these Secured Creditors to the asset sales. The Debtor preserves its rights against former management for breaches of fiduciary duty and related Causes of Action (including professional malpractice) against all Persons who participated in the wrongful disposition of these assets.

When the Debtor's new management assumed control of the Debtor's operations, only 15 of these facilities still had any equipment left. Much of the equipment was blood-processing related equipment, which was expensive (and hence had a high book value) but also is specialized in nature and thus cannot be readily sold. Because the equipment had been used to process blood, it could not be disposed of without potentially large decontamination costs. In addition, because the equipment was scattered across the nation, expenses of disposition were projected to be high.

To resolve this situation comprehensively, the Debtor retained Einstein's Garage of North Carolina as its liquidation consultant and, on March 7, 2002, received Bankruptcy Court approval to liquidate and decontaminate (as necessary) all remaining Procuren-related equipment. Einstein's Garage has agreed to sell and decontaminate the remaining equipment and (where necessary) leasehold premises without recourse to the Debtor. The fees and expenses of Einstein's Garage will be subject to Bankruptcy Court approval upon submission of a final fee application and will be limited solely to the available proceeds from liquidation of the assets (except as otherwise agreed by the Debtor).

E. Filing of Schedules; Claims Bar Dates for Prepetition and Postpetition Claims

The Debtor's former management filed the Schedules with the Bankruptcy Court on September 20, 2001. The Schedules showed $815,253 in assets and $7,745,598 in liabilities. The Schedules ascribed an "unknown" value to the Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets. Most of the assets listed (i) were consumed by the Debtor during the Reorganization Case under the Cash Collateral Orders, (ii) are subject to offsetting Creditor Claims, or (iii) or are of "indeterminate value."

The Bankruptcy Court established February 8, 2002, as the date by which all Creditors were to File proofs of Claim with the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court or be barred from asserting any Claim against the Debtors. Creditors whose Claims were Scheduled for a liquidated amount and not identified as disputed, contingent, or unliquidated were not required to file proofs of Claim.

The Debtor has analyzed the Filed proofs of Claim. In the initial summary section and in the sections hereafter that address the treatment of Allowed Claims under the Plan, the Debtor has estimated the total amount of Claims that will be Allowed against the Debtor, after taking into account defenses, counterclaims and offsets that would be asserted by the Debtor against Claims that the Debtor considers objectionable. Readers of this Disclosure Statement are cautioned that the projected Allowed amounts are estimates only and that the actual Allowed amounts may differ materially from those estimated.

The Bankruptcy Court also has set May [ ], 2002, as the last day for filing requests for payment of an Administrative Claim (other than trade payables, certain Professionals' Fees, or other postpetition Claims arising in the ordinary course) or similarly be barred from asserting any Administrative Claim against the Debtor. As stated in the Administrative Bar Date Order, including within a Filed Proof of Claim a request for payment of an Administrative Claim does not constitute compliance with the requirements for seeking allowance of an Administrative Claim.

In the event that the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor objects to an Administrative Claim, the Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amount of such Administrative Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no request for payment of an Administrative Claim need be filed with respect to an Administrative Claim which is paid or payable by the Debtor in the ordinary course of business.

The Debtor reserves the right to object to any Claims, subject to the provisions of the Plan regarding objections to Claims. The Plan provides the Reorganized Debtor with exclusive authority to compromise and settle Disputed Claims without the need for further approval of the Bankruptcy Court. To expedite the Claims resolution process, while giving the Reorganized Debtor sufficient time to settle and compromise Disputed Claims without the need for judicial intervention, the Plan provides that if an objection to a Disputed Claim is to be Filed, it must be Filed within six months following the Effective Date.

F. Significant Business Developments

During the period since the new management took over, the Debtor has made substantial progress in developing a new business model. This model is premised upon advances in technology that enable the Debtor to deliver AutoloGel in a simple, low cost manner at the point of care through single-use, licensed disposable packs. The Debtor has conducted ongoing testing of the new method's effectiveness, which have borne out the Debtor's assertions regarding the product's price, ease of use, and therapeutic advantages. Also, the Debtor has (directly and indirectly) entered into license agreements that have enabled the Debtor to test AutoloGel's effectiveness on patients being treated in nationally recognized wound care treatment centers. Based on the limited results achieved to date, the Debtor believes that its business prospects will substantially improve following the Effective Date as the cloud of the bankruptcy will have been lifted and third parties gain confidence in the Debtor's financial viability.

As the Debtor's historical financial statements for the postpetition period attached as Appendix C indicate, the Debtor has suffered a net operating loss of [$ ] between the Petition Date and March 31, 2002. This loss is primarily attributed to the losses incurred by former management in vigorously fighting to retain control and force a quick sale of the assets, to the significant expenses associated with implementing the Debtor's revised business model, and to sizable nonrecurring attorney and consulting costs attendant to the reorganization.

G. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

All the leases of the Debtor, to the extent not terminated prepetition, were rejected by motion or operation of law within sixty days following the Petition Date. Because the leases to the Procuren sites had been terminated prepetition, the Debtor intends to object to all requests for Administrative Claims by the landlords to these properties. Only one such landlord has so requested payment of administrative rent.

Treatment of the Debtor's executory contracts is addressed in Article V of the Plan. Executory contracts to be assumed under the Plan are listed on Exhibit V.A to the Plan. Executory contracts to be rejected under the Plan are listed on Exhibit V.B of the Plan.

The Debtor entered prepetition into a number of prepetition confidentiality, nondisclosure, and noncompetition agreements. The rights of the Debtor under these agreements will vest in, and be enforceable by, the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date. A number of Persons covered by such agreements are listed in the Debtor's Schedules.

H. Extensions of the Debtor's Exclusivity Period

The Bankruptcy Code gives a debtor the exclusive right to file a plan for 120 days after the filing of a bankruptcy petition. It also gives a debtor the exclusive right to solicit acceptances for the plan filed within that period for 180 days following the filing of the petition. Each of these exclusivity periods may be extended for cause prior to their expiration. The Bankruptcy Court has extended these exclusivity periods to April 30, 2002 and June 30, 2002, respectively.

I. Negotiations Leading to the Filing of the Plan

Shortly after removal of prior management, the Debtor's new management focused on the formulation of a plan of reorganization that would enable it to reorganize and emerge quickly from chapter 11 in order to preserve its value as a going concern. The Debtor's limited available funds mandated that the Debtor move swiftly to reorganize.

The Debtor and its representatives engaged in negotiations with several interested parties in the case, including holders of 12% Senior Notes and 10% Junior Notes, Worden, Curative, and others. Concurrently, the Debtor has had numerous discussions with prospective New Investors about the terms of an investment in the Debtor on the Effective Date to fund the Debtor's reorganization. Among the myriad factors considered in these various discussions and negotiations were the Debtor's business plan and projected financial results, the amounts and nature of Claims asserted, the time, expense, and risks involved in failing to obtain consensus on a Plan, and adverse impact of a prolonged case, and the alternatives to reorganization.

The Plan reflects understandings reached with certain note holders, prospective New Investors, and Worden regarding the terms to be incorporated in a plan of reorganization to be Filed by the Debtor. The compromises reached, therefore, necessarily reflect certain assumptions regarding the treatment of other Classes of Allowed Claims and Equity Interests under the Plan. The Debtor has developed this Plan in a manner that it believes most fairly treats all Classes, taking into consideration the relative rights and negotiating positions of new Investors and various competing Claimants and Equity Interest holders. The Filing of the Plan and Disclosure Statement was approved by unanimous vote of the Debtor's board of directors.



V.

FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS FOR THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR

As a condition to Confirmation, the Bankruptcy Code requires, among other things, that the Bankruptcy Court determine that confirmation is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of the Reorganized Debtor. In connection with the development of the Plan, and for purposes of determining whether the Plan satisfies this feasibility standard, the Debtor and certain of its advisors have analyzed the ability of the Reorganized Debtor to meet its obligations under the Plan and retain sufficient liquidity and capital resources to conduct its business. In this regard, the Debtor has developed certain projections of earnings, cash flows, financial position, and total equity outstanding (the "Projections") for the three years ended December 31, 2004 (the "Projection Period"). These Projections are set forth as Appendix B to the Disclosure Statement.

The Projections show that the Reorganized Debtor is expected to generate positive earnings and cash flows. Because the Plan contemplates that the Debtor will be essentially debt-free, the benefits realized from the Debtor's positive earnings and cash flow will inure to the shareholders of the Reorganized Debtor in the form of higher shareholder values. The Debtor does not anticipate paying dividends on New Common Stock during the Projection Period.

The Projections were not prepared with a view toward complying with the guidelines for prospective financial statements published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Further, independent accountants have neither examined nor compiled the accompanying prospective financial information and, accordingly, no opinion or any other form of assurance is expressed with respect thereto.

The Debtor does not, as a matter of course, publish its business plans and strategies or projections of its anticipated financial position or results of operations. Accordingly, the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor do not intend, and disclaim any obligation to, (i) furnish updated business plans or projections to holders of Claims or Equity Interests prior to the Effective Date (except as otherwise required by the Bankruptcy Court), or to holders of New Common Stock or any other party after the Effective Date, (ii) include such updated information in documents required to be filed with the SEC, or (iii) otherwise make such updated information publicly available.

The Projections provided in the Disclosure Statement, while presented with numerical specificity, are based upon a variety of estimates and assumptions that, though considered reasonable by management, may not be realized. Further, the Projections are inherently subject to significant business, economic, and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which will be beyond the control of the Reorganized Debtor. The Debtor cautions that no representations can be made as to the accuracy of these financial projections or as to the Reorganized Debtor's ability to achieve the projected results. Some assumptions inevitably will not materialize, and events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date on which these projections were prepared may be different from those assumed or may be unanticipated and thus may affect financial results in a material and possibly adverse manner. The Projections, therefore, may not be relied upon as a guaranty or other assurance of the actual results that will occur.

The foregoing assumptions and resultant computations were made solely for purposes of preparing the Projections. The Reorganized Debtor may be required to determine its "reorganization value," which entails evaluation of the fair value of assets as of the Effective Date. Although the Reorganized Debtor expects to utilize a consistent methodology, material differences from the projected values may result.



VI.

SUMMARY OF THE REORGANIZATION PLAN

This section provides a summary of the structure, classification, treatment and implementation of the Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan, which accompanies this Disclosure Statement, and to the appendices and exhibits attached thereto.

Although the statements contained in this Disclosure Statement include summaries of the provisions contained in the Plan and in documents referred to therein, this Disclosure Statement does not purport to be a precise or complete statement of all the terms and provisions of the Plan or documents referred to therein, and reference is made to the Plan and to such documents for the full and complete statements of such terms and provisions.

The Plan itself and the documents referred to therein will control the treatment of Claims and Equity Interests under the Plan and will, on the Effective Date, be binding upon holders of Claims and Equity Interests and other interested Persons.

A. Overall Structure of the Plan

Under the Plan, Claims and Equity Interests are divided into Classes according to their relative seniority and other criteria. The Classes of Claims and Equity Interests, the treatment of those Classes under the Plan, and the securities and other property to be distributed under the Plan are described below.

The terms of the Plan are based upon, among other things, the Debtor's assessment of its ability to achieve the goals of its business plan, make the distributions contemplated under the Plan, and pay its continuing obligations in the ordinary course of its business after the Effective Date.

B. Classification and Treatment of Claims and Equity Interests

Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code requires that a plan of reorganization classify Claims and Equity Interests. The Bankruptcy Code also provides that, except for certain Claims classified for administrative convenience, a plan of reorganization may place a Claim or Equity Interest in a particular Class only if such Claim or Equity Interest is substantially similar to the other Claims of such Class.

The Bankruptcy Code also requires that a plan of reorganization provide the same treatment for each Claim or Equity Interest of a particular Class unless the holder of a particular Claim or Equity Interest agrees to a less favorable treatment. The Debtor believes that the Plan complies with such standard. If the Bankruptcy Court finds otherwise, it could deny confirmation of the Plan if the holders of Claims and Equity Interests affected do not consent to the treatment afforded them under the Plan.

The Debtor believes that it has classified all Claims and Equity Interests in compliance with the requirements of section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code. If a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest challenges such classification and the Bankruptcy Court finds that a different classification is required for the Plan to be confirmed, the Debtor, to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Court, shall endeavor to make such reasonable modifications to the classifications of Claims or Equity Interests to satisfy the Bankruptcy Court's concerns.

Except to the extent that such modification of classification adversely affects the treatment of a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest and requires resolicitation, acceptance of the Plan by any holder of a Claim or Equity Interest solicited through this Disclosure Statement will be deemed to be a consent to the Plan's treatment of such holder of a Claim or Equity Interest regardless of the Class as to which such holder ultimately is deemed to be a member.

C. Treatment of Unclassified Claims

Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and Secured Tax Claims have not been classified and are excluded from classification in accordance with Bankruptcy Code section 1123(a)(1). The treatment under the Plan of these unclassified Claims is set forth below.

1. Allowed Administrative Claims

a. Generally. Administrative Claims represent Claims for payment of an administrative expense of a kind specified in section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to section 507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, but not limited to, Postpetition Senior Secured Notes, the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date of preserving the Estate and operating the business of the Debtor (including wages, salaries, or commissions for services rendered after the Petition Date), Professional Claims, and all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28, United States Code.

The Debtor estimates total Allowed Administrative Claims, including Professional Claims and Claims arising under the Postpetition Senior Secured Notes, will equal approximately $1,146,250. Approximately $620,000 of this amount represents Claims owing to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes as of the Effective Date (including accrued and unpaid interest). Approximately $26,250 of this amount represents expected Allowed Administrative Claims for unpaid administrative rent and royalties. The remaining $500,000 represents estimated Allowed Professional Claims remaining owing in the Reorganization Case.

The Plan provides that each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim that has not been satisfied during the Reorganization Case will receive, on account of and in full satisfaction of such Allowed Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim on the latest of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) if disputed (or in the case of a Professional Claim not yet Allowed), upon entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court Allowing such Claim, and (iii) the date on which the Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable in the ordinary course.

In lieu of receiving Cash on account of its Allowed Administrative Claim, if agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (or such holder's successors or assigns) may elect in writing on or before the Effective Date (or if disputed or not yet Allowed, within three business days after becoming Allowed) to exchange its Allowed Administrative Claim for shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. If any holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim against the Debtor fails to make such election in a timely manner, such holder's right to make such election shall terminate, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion.

b. Manner of Distribution of New Common Stock to Converting Holders of Allowed Administrative Claims. Except with regards to distributions of New Common Stock to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes, the New Common Stock to be issued to holders of Allowed Administrative Claims electing conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said holders shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

c. Special Provisions for Distribution of New Common Stock and New Warrants for Converting Holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes. Holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes that elect to convert their Allowed Administrative Claim at the Administrative Rate shall receive, in addition to shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate, (A) one (1) New Class A Warrant for each four (4) shares of New Common Stock received pursuant to said conversion and (B) three (3) New Class B Warrants for each twenty shares (20) of New Common Stock received pursuant to said conversion.

The New Common Stock to be issued to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes shall be distributed to such holders on the Effective Date, but shall be subject to customary lock-up provisions agreed to at the time of issuance that (i) prohibit the sale of such shares until the date the New Registration Statement is declared effective (i.e., the Initial Distribution Date) and (ii) thereafter the lock-up restrictions shall not apply to ten percent (10%) of the shares of New Common Stock so received, cumulatively applied, on each of the Initial Distribution Date and the next succeeding nine (9) Monthly Distribution Dates.

The New Warrants to be issued to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes shall be distributed in ten (10) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding nine (9) Monthly Distribution Dates.

Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

2. Allowed Tax Claims

Allowed Tax Claims are unclassified if they are Allowed Priority Tax Claims (defined as a Claim entitled to priority under Bankruptcy Code section 507(a)(8)) or Allowed Secured Tax Claims (defined as a Claim of any taxing authority that is a Secured Claim). Based on the Debtor's review of Filed proofs of Claim, the Debtor estimates total Allowed Priority Tax Claims at $40,340 for purposes of the Projections. This figure primarily represents Claims for unpaid withholding taxes. Several of these Filed proofs of Claim, however, are based on projected withholding taxes owed for the Procuren operations, which were shut down before the period reflected in several of these Filed proofs of Claim. As such, the Debtor believes that the actual Allowed Tax Claims will be lower than reflected in Filed proofs of Claim. The Debtor is not aware of any taxing authority asserting a Secured Tax Claim.

The Plan provides that each holder of an Allowed Tax Claim shall receive deferred cash payments over a period not exceeding six years from the date of assessment of such Allowed Tax Claim, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Tax Claim, plus interest from the Effective Date on the unpaid portion thereof, without penalty of any kind, at a rate of four percent (4%) per annum. The payment of each such Allowed Tax Claim shall be made in equal semi-annual installments, with the first installment due on the latest of (i) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date, (ii) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the date on which an order Allowing such Tax Claim becomes a Final Order, and (iii) such other time or times as may be agreed with the holder of such Allowed Tax Claim. Each installment shall include simple interest on the unpaid balance of the Allowed Tax Claim, without penalty of any kind. In exchange for the treatment provided herein, all Liens securing an Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall be deemed discharged and released as of the Effective Date.

D. Treatment of Classified Claims

The following sets forth the treatment of classified claims under the Plan:

1. Treatment of Allowed Secured Claims (Class 1)

Claims of Secured Creditors, except for Secured Tax Claims, are classified in separate subclasses within Class 1 of the Plan. Each subclass within Class 1 is deemed a separate Class for purposes of voting on the Plan. The five subclasses within Class 1 are as follows:

Class 1A - Holders of 12% Senior Notes: Class 1A is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of the holders of the 12% Senior Notes. Claims in Class 1A are Impaired under the Plan.

Class 1B - Holders of 10% Junior Notes: Class 1B is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of the holders of the 10% Junior Notes. Claims in Class 1B are Impaired under the Plan.

Class 1C - Secured Claims of Worden: Class 1C is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of Worden. Claims in Class 1C are Impaired under the Plan.

Class 1D - Secured Claims of Curative and Waverly: Class 1D is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of Curative and Waverly arising under the Curative Royalty Agreement. Claims in Class 1D are Unimpaired under the Plan. Based on an agreement executed 8/9/2001, Curative owns half of the Claims and rights of holders of Class 1D Claims accruing after said agreement, and Waverly owns the other half. Claims arising before the date of that agreement (represented by a $52,951.79 share of a DePuy Royalty payment) are Claimed entirely by Curative. Claims arising after the date of that agreement (represented by a $153,351.08 share to date of remaining DePuy Royalty payments) are Claimed half by Curative and half by Waverly.

Class 1E (Other): Class 1E is comprised of Allowed Secured Claims against the Debtor that are not included in any of Classes 1A through 1D of the Plan (excluding Secured Tax Claims). Each Allowed Secured Claim in Class 1E will be considered to be in its own separate subclass within Class 1E, and each such subclass shall be deemed to be a separate Class for purposes of the Plan. Claims in Class 1E are Impaired under the Plan.

a. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1A (12% Senior Notes). Claims in Class 1A are Impaired under the Plan. The Debtor estimates total Allowed Class 1A Claims as of the Effective Date at approximately $2,384,000. This estimate includes projected accrued interest through an expected Effective Date of 5/31/2002 on the principal balance of $2,235,000 plus $115,000 in projected Class 1A Reimbursement Claims. It also reflects an offset of approximately $268,200 for monies held in escrow by the Class 1A collateral agent. The treatment of Class 1A Secured Claims shall be as follows:

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. On the Effective Date, a minimum of 25% of each holder's Allowed Class 1A Claim (and, at the election of such holder, up to 50% of its Allowed Class 1A Claim) shall be converted into shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. The right of said holder to elect to convert more than 25% of its Allowed Class 1A Claims into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate shall terminate on the Effective Date (unless otherwise agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion).

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. On the Effective Date, all remaining Allowed Class 1A Claims (except Class 1A Reimbursement Claims) not converted to shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate (as provided in Section III.B.1.a.(1) of the Plan) shall be converted to New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at a rate of one (1) share of New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for each one dollar ($1.00) of said remaining Allowed Class 1A Claim. The New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be distributed to such holders of remaining Allowed Class 1A Claims on the Initial Distribution Date.

As described generally at Section VIII.B to the Disclosure Statement, the Restated Certificate of Designation shall provide with respect to the New Series A Preferred Stock that the Reorganized Debtor shall be prohibited, so long as any New Series A Convertible Preferred is outstanding, from granting any security interest, lien, or encumbrance on any of the Reorganized Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets (other than those Liens contemplated by the Plan as being in existence on the Effective Date).

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1A Claims". If Class 1A votes to accept the Plan, all Causes of Action of the Debtor or the Estate against any holder on the Effective Date of an Allowed Class 1A Claim (including any of their representatives, collateral agents, or trustees) shall be fully, finally, and forever released, relinquished, and discharged; provided, however, that in no event shall said release apply to Causes of Action asserted in any Avoidance Action brought on or before the Effective Date against a Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant (as defined in Section III.B.1.d of the Plan).

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative". If Class 1A votes to accept the Plan, that acceptance shall also constitute the express affirmation by Class 1A that it consents to the surrender of rights of recovery to which it is entitled to the junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 3, 4A, and 5, who otherwise would not be entitled to any recoveries absent Class 1A's surrender of its recovery rights.

b. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1B (10% Junior Notes). Claims in Class 1B are Impaired under the Plan. The Debtor estimates total Allowed Class 1B Claims as of the Effective Date at approximately $2,865,170. This estimate includes projected accrued interest through an expected Effective Date of 5/31/2002 on the principal balance of $2,526,552 plus $85,965 in Class 1B Reimbursement Claims. The treatment of Class 1B Secured Claims shall be as follows:

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. On the Effective Date, a minimum of 25% of each holder's Allowed Class 1B Claim (and, at the election of such holder, up to 50% of its Allowed Class 1B Claim) shall be converted into shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. The right of said holder to elect to convert more than 25% of its Allowed Class 1B Claims into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate shall terminate on the Effective Date (unless otherwise agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion). Class 1B Reimbursement Claims shall be converted into shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate.

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. On the Effective Date, all remaining Allowed Class 1B Claims not converted to shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate (as provided in Section III.B.1.b.(1) of the Plan) shall be converted to New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at a rate of one (1) share of New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for each one dollar ($1.00) of said remaining Allowed Class 1B Claim. The New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be distributed to such holders of remaining Allowed Class 1B Claims on the Initial Distribution Date.

As described generally at Section VIII.C to the Disclosure Statement, the Restated Certificate of Designation shall provide with respect to the New Series B Preferred Stock that the Reorganized Debtor shall be prohibited, so long as any New Series B Convertible Preferred is outstanding, from granting any security interest, lien, or encumbrance on any of the Reorganized Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets (other than those Liens contemplated by the Plan as being in existence on the Effective Date).

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1B Claims". If Class 1B votes to accept the Plan, all Causes of Action of the Debtor or the Estate against any holder on the Effective Date of an Allowed Class 1B Claim (including any of their representatives, collateral agents, or trustees) shall be fully, finally, and forever released, relinquished, and discharged; provided, however, that in no event shall said release apply to Causes of Action asserted in any Avoidance Action brought on or before the Effective Date against a Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant (as defined in Section III.B.1.d of the Plan).

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative". If Class 1B votes to accept the Plan, that acceptance shall also constitute the express affirmation by Class 1B that it consents to the surrender of rights of recovery to which it is entitled to the junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 3, 4A, and 5, who otherwise would not be entitled to any recoveries absent Class 1B's surrender of its recovery rights.

c. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1C (Worden). Claims in Class 1C are Impaired under the Plan. The Debtor estimates total Allowed Class 1C Claims as of the Effective Date at approximately $88,623. This estimate includes projected accrued interest through an expected Effective Date of 5/31/2002 on the principal balance of $72,100. The treatment of Class 1C Secured Claims shall be as follows:

Each holder of an Allowed Class 1C Claim shall receive New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate in full and complete satisfaction of such holder's Allowed Class 1C Claim. In addition, the Worden Agreements shall become effective by their terms on the Effective Date.

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

If Class 1C votes to accept the Plan, that acceptance shall also constitute the express affirmation by Class 1C that it consents to the surrender of rights of recovery to which it is entitled to the junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 3, 4A, and 5, who otherwise would not be entitled to any recoveries absent Class 1C's surrender of its recovery rights.

d. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1D (Curative and Waverly). The Debtor estimates total Allowed Class 1D Claims as of the Effective Date at approximately $300,000 based on estimated payments on the DePuy Royalty received through the period ending March 31, 2002, but not yet distributed to the holders of Class 1D Claims.

Claims in Class 1D are Unimpaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 1D Claim shall receive Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Allowed Amount of its Class 1D Claim; provided, however, that the Debtor shall, in lieu of releasing such funds on the Effective Date to a holder of an Allowed Class 1D Claim who is also a defendant in any Avoidance Action Filed against said holder on or before the Effective Date (a "Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant"), establish a separate interest bearing escrow account (the "Class 1D Escrow") in respect any funds payable to such Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant. Such escrowed funds shall only be released pursuant to Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (which Order shall not be entered except (i) upon notice to counsel for the Debtor and the Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant and (ii) after entry of Final Orders in respect of each Avoidance Action count asserted against said defendant).

Except as otherwise provided herein, from and after the Effective Date, all rights under the Curative Royalty Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, and the legal, equitable, and contractual rights arising thereunder shall be unaltered (including the retention of all prepetition Liens granted under the Curative Royalty Agreement); provided, however, that the Debtor shall, in lieu of releasing such post-Effective Date royalties to a Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant, place such accruing royalties in the Class 1D Escrow. Said escrowed funds shall not be released from escrow until entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (which shall not occur until after entry of Final Orders in respect of all Avoidance Actions asserted. Such escrowed funds shall only be released pursuant to Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (which Order shall not be entered except (i) upon notice to counsel for the Debtor and the Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant and (ii) after entry of Final Orders in respect of each Avoidance Action count asserted against said defendant).

e. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1E. Claims in Class 1E are Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Class 1E Secured Claims shall receive no distributions from the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor and all such Claims and all related Liens, mortgages, deeds of trust, encumbrances, and charges against the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, or any of their properties, by Holders of any such Claims shall be fully and completely discharged, released, and extinguished.

The Debtor is not aware of any Claims that would be Classified in Class 1E Claim and thus estimates Class 1E Claims at zero.

2. Allowed Priority Unsecured Claims of Employees (Class 2)

Class 2 is comprised of the Allowed Claims of employees against the Debtor that are specified as having priority in Bankruptcy Code sections 507(a)(3) or 507(a)(4), not to exceed $4,650 per Person. Such Claims include certain Claims against the Reorganized Debtor by its employees for unpaid prepetition wages, salaries, or commissions. Claims in Class 2 are Unimpaired under the Plan. The Debtor estimates total Allowed Class 2 Claims as of the Effective Date at approximately $110,949.

Claims in Class 2 are Unimpaired under the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Priority Claim shall receive deferred cash payments over a period of six years from the Effective Date, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Class 2 Claim, plus interest at four percent (4%) per annum from the Effective Date on the unpaid portion thereof, without penalty. The payments thereon shall be made in equal quarterly installments, with the first installment due on the latest of (i) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date, (ii) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the date on which an order Allowing such Class 2 Claim becomes a Final Order, and (iii) such other time or times as may be agreed with the holder of such Allowed Class 2 Claim. Each installment shall include simple interest on the unpaid balance of the Allowed Class 2 Claim, without penalty of any kind. Allowed Class 2 Claims may be prepaid at any time on or after the Effective Date without penalty.

In lieu of receiving Cash on account of its Allowed Class 2 Claim, if agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion, each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim (or its successors or assigns) may elect in writing before or after the Effective Date to exchange each $1.00 of its Allowed Class 2 Claim into shares of New Common Stock at such rate as is agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion. If any holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim against the Debtor fails to make such election in a timely manner, such holder's right to make such election shall terminate, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion.

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing on each of the eleven (11) succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

3. Allowed General Unsecured Claims (Class 3)

a. General Information and Instructions. Class 3 is comprised of the Allowed General Unsecured Claims of the Debtor that are not cured, paid, released, or waived pursuant to the Plan, assumed by the Reorganized Debtor pursuant to the Plan or agreements incorporated in the Plan, or classified in any other Class of Claims. Class 3 Claims include, without limitation, (i) Claims for goods sold and services rendered, (ii) Claims for monies lent, (iii) Claims based upon guarantees of performance or payment of the obligations or duties of any Person, (iv) Claims for contribution, reimbursement, or indemnity (excluding Claims for Indemnification Rights), (v) Claims for fines, penalties, or assessments, (vi) Claims for tort liability, (vii) Claims arising from the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases, and (viii) Claims arising for environmental or bio-hazardous remediation at locations that are not included in the assets vesting in the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date.

The Debtor has reviewed the Schedules and Filed proofs of Claim, and has determined at the outset of the Claims Allowance process, to Allow $1,131,581 in Class 3 Claims. The Debtor intends to file objections to other Filed or Scheduled Class 3 Claims representing by the following:

(i) Claims of Messrs. Cour and Demarest (the Debtor's former chief executive officer and general counsel, respectively) for $1.75 million in the aggregate (primarily for severance pay and employment contract termination damages);

(ii) Claims by Curative for approximately $600,000 (primarily for damages associated with satisfaction of their continuing obligations under Procuren leases that had been assigned to the Debtor in the Procuren Acquisition and terminated by the Debtor prepetition);

(iii) Claims of landlords to rejected leases in the amount of approximately $520,000;

(iv) alleged breach of contract and related Claims of Dr. Keith Bennett and his Affiliates for approximately $1 million;

(v) Claims of other former executives for severance pay of approximately $900,000; and

(vi) Claims of approximately $460,000 asserted by various professionals employed by the Debtor prepetition.

As regards the foregoing six specific categories of Claims, the Debtor's objections are briefly summarized as follows:

(i) The Claims of Messrs. Cour and Demarest failed to account for the limitations of Bankruptcy Code section 502(b)(6) to employment termination Claims. This would limit their termination damages to a maximum of one year's salary. Also, the Debtor has potential offsetting Causes of Action relating to, among others, (A) their handling of the sales of assets during the Procuren shutdown, (B) their possible breaches of duties of loyalty in connection with the filing of the Reorganization Case and their attempting to sell the Debtor's assets under fire sale conditions, and (C) their possible violations of restrictive covenants and noncompete agreements contained in their employment contracts.

(ii) The Claims of Curative are subject to potentially offsetting Causes of Action for (A) an approximately $138,000 unpaid prepetition receivable owing from Curative to the Debtor and (B) possible breaches of representations, warranties, and other requirements of the Procuren Acquisition agreement. In addition, the Debtor may assert Avoidance Actions relating to the Procuren Acquisition, the recoveries for which take precedence under Bankruptcy Code section 502(d) over distributions on account of Curative's Claims.

(iii) The Claims of landlords for rejection may be subject to defenses of accord and satisfaction (based on releases granted to Curative not consented to by the Debtor), mitigation of damages through reletting of the premises to another tenant, and lack of privity of contract based on the landlord's never having consented to the assignment of the lease to the Debtor in the Procuren Acquisition.

(iv) The Debtor does not believe Dr. Bennett's unsubstantiated Claims have any merit. In addition, the Debtor believes Dr. Bennett may owe money to the Debtor based on his apparent commercial use of AutoloGel contrary to the contractual terms governing his business relationship with the Debtor.

(v) The Debtor believes it may have defenses and offsetting Claims that would significantly reduce the severance Claims of other former executives to approximately $250,000 in the aggregate.

(vi) The Debtor believes that several professionals retained were overpaid and failed to deliver services reasonably equivalent in value to the Claims asserted. The Debtor hopes to compromise these Claims at a lesser amount than so asserted.

For purposes of the Projections, the Debtor has assumed that Allowed Class 3 Claims, after resolution of all objections, will be $2,650,000.

Class 3 is Impaired under the Plan. If the holders of Allowed Claims in Class 3 do not accept the Plan, then the Debtor shall seek confirmation of the Plan with regard to Class 3 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

NOTE TO HOLDERS OF ALLOWED CLASS 3 CLAIMS AGGREGATING IN EXCESS OF $1,000: Any holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim aggregating in excess of $1,000.00 shall be treated under Option 3B (described below) in respect of all such Claims if it fails to make a timely election on the Ballot for treatment under Option 3A. Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating in excess of $1,000.00 that desire treatment under Option 3A (described below) must make such election on the Class 3 Ballot for accepting or rejecting the plan and return such Ballot by the Voting Record Date. The making of such election under Option 3A by a holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim in excess of $1,000.00 in aggregate shall be deemed to constitute such Creditor's consent to treatment of all such Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3A.

NOTE TO HOLDERS OF ALLOWED CLASS 3 CLAIMS AGGREGATING LESS THAN $1,000: Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating less than $1,000.00 shall be treated under Option 3A in respect of such Claims and may not elect treatment of such Claims under Option 3B.

b. Option 3A (Distribution of Cash Only). The Reorganized Debtor shall pay to holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3A a sum of Cash equal to twelve percent (12%) of such Allowed Class 3 Claim according to the following distribution schedule: one-third shall be paid on the Initial Distribution Date; one-third on the sixth month anniversary of the Initial Distribution Date; and one-third on the first anniversary of the Initial Distribution Date.

Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating in excess of $1,000.00 that desire treatment under Option 3A must make such election on the Ballot for accepting or rejecting the Plan and return such Ballot by the Voting Record Date.

c. Option 3B (Distribution of New Common Stock Only). The holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3B shall receive one share for each $5.00 of Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3B, with the New Common Stock to be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing on each of the eleven (11) succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating less than $1,000.00 shall be treated under Option 3A in respect of such Claims and may not elect treatment of such Claims under Option 3B.

4. Allowed Preferred Stock Interests (Class 4)

a. Class 4A (Existing Series A Preferred Stock). Class 4A is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the 1,625,000 shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Date. The Existing Series A Preferred Stock had a liquidation preference in the event of the Debtor's liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of $1.00 per share in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities. Additionally, the Debtor was required to redeem the Existing Series A Preferred Stock on the earlier of the seventh anniversary of the date of issuance of the securities or the end of the fiscal quarter at which the Debtor had gross revenues for four consecutive fiscal quarters of not less than $50 million.

Class 4A is Impaired under the Plan. If the holders of Allowed Class 4A Equity Interests do not accept the Plan, then the Debtor shall seek confirmation of the Plan with regard to Class 4A under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

At such time, if at all, that the Reorganized Debtor shall have attained aggregate gross revenues for four consecutive fiscal quarters of not less than $10 million (the "Series A Preferred Revenue Precondition"), holders of Allowed Class 4A Equity Interests shall receive one (1) share of New Common Stock for every five (5) shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock held as of the Effective Date.

The New Common Stock to be issued hereunder shall be distributed in twelve equal monthly installments commencing on the ninetieth (90th) day following satisfaction of the Series A Preferred Revenue Precondition and continuing on each of the succeeding eleven (11) monthly anniversaries that follow said initial distribution. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

b. Class 4B (Existing Series B Preferred Stock). Class 4B is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the Existing Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Date. There are approximately 5,115,000 shares of Existing Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The Existing Series B Preferred Stock had a liquidation preference in the event of the Debtor's liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of $0.0001 per share in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of the Existing Series A Preferred Stock.

Class 4B is Unimpaired under the Plan. All holders of Allowed Class 4B Equity Interests shall be redeemed in Cash by the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date at the stipulated liquidation preference of $0.0001 per share, or $511.50 in the aggregate.

5. Existing Common Stock (Class 5)

Class 5 is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the Existing Common Stock of the Debtor that is issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date. Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. If the holders of Allowed Class 5 Existing Common Stock do not accept the Plan, then the Debtor shall seek confirmation of the Plan with regard to Class 5 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

Holders of Allowed Class 5 Existing Common Stock shall receive one share of New Common Stock for every five (5) shares of Existing Common Stock. As a result of this exchange, if effected, holders of Allowed Class 5 Equity Interests would receive approximately 2,336,215 shares of New Common Stock in exchange for the estimated 11,681,073 shares of Existing Common Stock outstanding on the Petition Date.

The New Common Stock to be issued hereunder shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing on each of the eleven (11) succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

6. Existing Stock Options (Class 6)

Class 6 is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the Existing Stock Options. The Debtor had over six (6) million warrants or options representing contractual rights of Persons prior to the Effective Date to purchase or acquire Existing Common Stock.

Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Class 6 Existing Stock Options shall receive or retain no property or distributions on account of such Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests. The Debtor is not soliciting the votes of Class 6 and shall seek confirmation of the Plan with respect to Class 6 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

7. Other Equity Interests, Including Section 510(b) Claims (Class 7)

Class 7 is comprised of all other Allowed Claims or Equity Interests in the Debtor, including Allowed Section 510(b) Claims, any Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of agreements granting Existing Stock Options (to the extent, if any, that they constitute executory contracts), and any Claims based upon Indemnification Rights. The Debtor is not aware of any Filed or Scheduled Class 7 Claims and estimates these Claims at zero.

Class 7 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Class 7 Claims and Equity Interests, if any, shall receive or retain no property or distributions on account of such Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests. The Debtor is not soliciting the votes of Class 7 and shall seek confirmation of the Plan with respect to Class 7 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

E. Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

1. Assumptions Generally

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, in any Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document incorporated into the Plan or entered into in connection with the Plan or the Reorganization Case, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365, each of the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts attached as Exhibit V.A to the Plan and incorporated herein by this reference shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date on the specific terms and conditions as set forth in Exhibit V.A, subject to the same rights as the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor held or hold at, on, or after the Petition Date to modify or terminate such agreements under applicable nonbankruptcy law. Each contract and lease listed on Exhibit V.A shall be assumed only to the extent, if any, that it constitutes an executory contract or unexpired lease, and the listing of such contract or lease on Exhibit V.A shall not constitute an admission by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor that such contract or lease is an executory contract or unexpired lease or that any of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. The Debtor may amend the list of assumed executory contracts and unexpired leases on Exhibit V.A to the Plan at any time up to sixty (60) days following the Effective Date with appropriate notice to the affected party or parties and the Persons on the Master Service List.

Each executory contract and unexpired lease assumed pursuant to Article V of the Plan by the Reorganized Debtor shall be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as modified by the provisions of the Plan, any Order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption, or applicable federal law. To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, determines, either before, on, or after the Effective Date, that any agreement in the form of a lease of real or personal property previously assumed or assumed pursuant to the Plan, is, in fact, a disguised secured transaction, the resulting secured indebtedness arising from such determination shall be treated in accordance with Class 1E of the Plan. Any resulting deficiency Claim shall be afforded treatment as a Class 3 Claim, subject to general equitable principles and the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

2. Approval of Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365, approving the assumption as of the Effective Date of the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed on Exhibit V.A to the Plan. To the extent that assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease on Exhibit V.A is conditioned on the modifications specified in Exhibit V.A, the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365 approving the assumption as of the Effective Date of said executory contract or unexpired lease as modified pursuant to the terms specified in Exhibit V.A.

3. Objections to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

To the extent any party to an executory contract or unexpired lease identified for assumption asserts arrears or damages pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365(b)(1) in an amount different from the amount set forth on Exhibit V.A to the Plan, or has any objection to the proposed adequate assurance of future performance or the proposed assumption and cure regarding the executory contracts or unexpired leases on the terms and conditions provided for in the Plan, all such asserted arrears and any other objections shall be filed and served within the same deadline and in the same manner established for filing objections to Confirmation.

Failure to assert any arrearage different in amount from the applicable amount set forth on Exhibit V.A to the Plan, or to File an objection within the time period set forth above, shall constitute consent to the assumption and Cure on the terms provided for in the Plan and Exhibit V.A, including acknowledgment that (i) the proposed assumption provides adequate assurance of future performance, (ii) the amount identified for "cure" is the amount necessary to compensate for any and all outstanding defaults under the respective executory contract or unexpired lease to be assumed, (iii) no other defaults exist under such executory contract or unexpired lease, and (iv) to the extent Exhibit V.A calls for assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease as modified, the party or parties thereto have no objection and irrevocably consent to the assumption of said executory contract or unexpired lease as so modified.

If an objection is Filed to assumption based upon lack of adequate assurance of future performance or otherwise, and the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Reorganized Debtor shall not assume the executory contract or unexpired lease, then the executory contract or unexpired lease in question shall automatically thereupon be deemed to have been included on Exhibit V.B to the Plan and rejected pursuant to Section V.B of the Plan.

4. Payments Related to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

Any monetary defaults under each executory contract and unexpired lease to be assumed under the Plan shall be satisfied, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365(b)(1), by payment of the default amount in Cash within 120 days following the Effective Date, unless otherwise provided on Exhibit V.A or otherwise agreed to by the parties to such executory contract or unexpired lease. In the event of a dispute regarding (i) the amount of any Cure payment, (ii) the ability of the Reorganized Debtor to provide adequate assurance of future performance under the contract or lease to be assumed, or (iii) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the Cure payments required by Bankruptcy Code section 365(b)(1) shall be made following entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court resolving the dispute and approving assumption.

F. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Rejected

As of the Confirmation Date, each executory contract or unexpired lease of the Debtor that has not been previously assumed pursuant to Order of the Bankruptcy Court and is not assumed under Section V.A of the Plan (including, without limitation, the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Contracts attached as Exhibit V.B to the Plan, all agreements pursuant to which Existing Stock Options were granted, all Existing Stock Options, and all Equity Interests or rights to acquire any Equity Interests) shall be rejected effective on the Effective Date to the extent, if any, that any of the foregoing constitute executory contracts or unexpired leases; provided, however, that in so doing, the Debtor is not conceding that they constitute executory contracts or unexpired leases or that the Debtor has any liability thereunder.

The Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejections, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365, as of the Effective Date. Any party to executory contract or unexpired lease identified for rejection in the Plan shall, within the same deadline and in the same manner established for Filing objections to confirmation, File any objection to such rejection. Failure to File any such objection within the time period set forth above shall constitute consent to the rejection. The Debtor may amend the list of rejected executory contracts and unexpired leases on Exhibit V.B to the Plan at any time up to ninety (90) days following the Effective Date with appropriate notice to the affected party or parties and the Persons on the Master Service List.

G. Claims Bar Date for Rejection Damages

If the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to Section V.B of the Plan gives rise to a Claim by the other party or parties to such contract or lease, such Claim, to the extent that it is timely Filed and is an Allowed Claim, shall be classified in Class 3, Class 6, or Class 7; provided, however, that any Claim arising from rejection shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or their successors or properties, unless a proof of Claim is Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtor within thirty (30) days after the date of notice of the entry of the Confirmation Order (or, if Exhibit V.B is amended on or after the Confirmation Date, within thirty (30) days after the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor serves notice of such amendment to the affected party or parties to the Plan).

H. Corporate Action

The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing (without the need for any further action by the Bankruptcy Court or any officers, directors, or shareholders of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor) the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor to take all actions necessary or appropriate to complete, enter into, implement, and consummate the contracts, instruments, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or to be executed and delivered pursuant to the Plan before, on, or after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, effecting any change of name of the Reorganized Debtor, adopting the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Restated Bylaws, and the Restated Certificate of Designation, adopting the Long-Term Incentive Plan, selecting the initial directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtor, removing any directors or officers of the Reorganized Debtor, distributing Cash, issuing New Securities, paying the Reorganization Bonus, implementing the Worden Agreements, and implementing such other matters provided for under or contemplated by the Plan involving the corporate affairs or structure of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor and the corporate action to be taken or required by Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor).

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall further constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and granting attorney-in-fact powers to the Debtor's chief executive officer to file or cause to be filed such termination statements, releases, or such other documentation with any applicable public agency deemed necessary in his sole discretion to effect releases authorized by the Plan of Liens, mortgages, claims, and encumbrances against the Reorganized Debtor and its properties.

I. Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities, and Other Documentation

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all instruments, securities, and other documentation or agreements representing or giving rise to Claims against or Equity Interests in the Debtor (including any rights to acquire Equity Interests in the Debtor) shall be deemed canceled and of no further force or effect, without any further action on the part of the Bankruptcy Court or any Person. Further, on the Effective Date, all outstanding Existing Equity Interests shall be canceled on the books of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor and become settled and compromised solely as provided herein and, with respect to the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, in consideration of the right to participate in distributions provided by the Plan. The holders of such canceled instruments, securities, and other documentation shall have no rights arising from or relating to such instruments, securities, or other documentation.

Except to the extent, if any, otherwise provided in the Plan, agreements entered into in connection herewith, and the Confirmation Order, as a condition to participation under the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest classified in Classes 1A, 1B, 1C, 4, and 5 shall surrender Existing Securities representing said holder's Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest as a precondition to receiving a distribution under the Plan on account of said Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest. Any such holder that fails to surrender said instruments or Existing Securities (or be deemed to have so surrendered said instruments or securities) within one year after the Effective Date will have its right to distributions pursuant to the Plan on account of such instruments or securities discharged and will be forever barred from asserting any such Claim or Equity Interest against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or their respective properties. In such case, any distributions reserved for such holder shall be treated pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section VII.D.5 of the Plan.

Unless waived by the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, any Person seeking the benefits of being a holder of Existing Securities who is unable to surrender the necessary instrument shall supply, if required by the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, an indemnity bond acceptable to the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, which indemnity bond shall hold harmless the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and the Disbursing Agent from any damages, liabilities, or costs incurred in treating such Person as the record holder of such Existing Securities, together with appropriate evidence satisfactory to the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent of the destruction, loss, or theft of such instrument. Once accepted, such Person shall be treated as the record holder of such Existing Securities for purposes of the Plan.

J. Applicability of Bankruptcy Code Sections 1125 and 1145 to Certain New Securities to Be Issued Under the Plan

The protection afforded by Bankruptcy Code section 1125 with regard to the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan and with regard to the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the replacement notes, New Common Stock, New Warrants, New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued and distributed to the holders of Claims and Administrative Claims under or in connection with the Plan, shall apply to the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor and their officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the determination by the Bankruptcy Court that the Reorganized Debtor, the Debtor, and all of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, members, attorneys, agents, or Professional Persons shall have acted in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code pursuant to Section 1125(e) and the federal securities laws.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court that the exemption from the requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and any state or local law requiring registration for the offer or sale of a security provided for in Bankruptcy Code section 1145 shall apply all New Securities to be issued under the Plan; provided, however, that such exemption shall not apply to the New Securities to be issued to New Investors pursuant to the Private Placement Offering. Under the terms of the Private Placement Offering, the Reorganized Debtor shall be required to file a New Registration Statement with the SEC for purposes of registering the New Securities to be issued to New Investors under the Plan and pursuant to the terms of the Private Placement Offering.

K. Revesting of Property of the Estate and Release of Liens

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, all property of the Estate of each Debtor, including all Causes of Action, wherever situated, shall revest in the Reorganized Debtor free and clear of all Claims, mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, security, interests, encumbrances, and other interests of any Person. Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may operate its business, use, acquire, and dispose of property, prosecute Causes of Action, and compromise or settle any Claims, Equity Interests, or Causes of Action without the supervision or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Bankruptcy Rules of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois, and the guidelines and requirements of the Office of the United States Trustee for the Northern District of Illinois.

L. Setoffs

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, agreements entered into in connection therewith, the Confirmation Order, or in agreements previously approved by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 553 or applicable nonbankruptcy law, set off against any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest (before any distribution is made on account of such Claim or Equity Interest) any and all of the Claims, rights and Causes of Action of any nature that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may hold against the holder of such Allowed Claim or Equity Interest; provided, however, that neither the failure to effect such a setoff nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor of any such Claims, rights, and Causes of Action that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may possess against such holder. To the extent the Reorganized Debtor fails to set off against a third party and seeks to collect a Claim from such third party after a distribution to such third party pursuant to the Plan on account of its Allowed Claim, the Reorganized Debtor shall be entitled to full recovery on its Claim against such third party without the right of setoff by the third party. Acceptance of such distribution by the third party constitutes an acknowledgment by said Person of the validity and enforceability of this provision against it.

The right of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor to assert such setoff shall include the right to assert Avoidance Actions as a setoff, regardless of whether the applicable limitations periods set forth in Bankruptcy Code section 546(a) shall have expired.

M. Preservation of Rights of Action

Except as provided in any other contract, instrument, or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan, in accordance with Bankruptcy Code section 1123(b), the Reorganized Debtor shall retain and may enforce any Claims, rights, and Causes of Action, that the Debtor or its Estate may hold against any Person. Only the Reorganized Debtor or its successor(s) may pursue such retained Claims, rights or Causes of Action, as appropriate, in each case in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtor or its successor(s). Entry of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court that the Debtor's failure to take any action prior to the Effective Date to enforce any such Claims, rights, and Causes of Action did not in any manner whatsoever constitute a waiver (whether under the doctrine of estoppel, laches, res judicata or otherwise) of the Debtor's or the Reorganized Debtor's rights in respect thereof.

The Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court, as is authorized under Bankruptcy Code section 502(d), disallowing in full any Claim of (i) any Person from which property is recoverable under Bankruptcy Code sections 542, 543, 550, or 553, or (ii) any Person that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under Bankruptcy Code section 544, 545, 547, 548 or 549, unless (in either case) such Person has paid the amount or turned over any such property for which such Person is so liable.

Among the potential Causes of Action to be retained by the Reorganized Debtor following the Effective Date are the following:

Potential Causes of Action against Curative, including, without limitation, (i) potential Avoidance Actions associated the Procuren Acquisition, the first amendment to the Curative Royalty Agreement, and payments on debt obligations incurred in the Procuren Acquisition, (ii) actions for breaches of representations and terms of the Procuren Acquisition agreements, (iii) actions relating to Curative's sales of Existing Common Stock in the public markets in the spring of 2001, and (iv) unpaid receivable offsets;

Potential Avoidance Actions and breach of fiduciary duty actions against any Persons involved in any tax strategies and subsidiary repurchases relating to any offshore entities;

Potential Causes of Action arising from any Person's infringement of the Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets (including, without limitation, Persons identified on Appendix F hereto, any other unlicensed users of AutoloGel, related autologous therapies, or other proprietary rights and any Persons contributing to such unlawful use, and any violators of contractual confidentiality, nondisclosure, or noncompetition agreements with the Debtor);

Potential Causes of Action arising from a Person's breach (or participation therein) of any license, services, confidentiality, or noncompetition agreement (including those agreements identified in the Schedules) regarding the use of AutoloGel or other products or proprietary rights of the Debtor (including, without limitation, potential Causes of Action against Dr. Keith Bennett and his Affiliates, Safeblood Technologies, and Turning Point Wound Management);

Potential professional malpractice actions against any Person retained by the Debtor prepetition (including, without limitation, the Debtor's former general counsel);

Potential actions for breaches of fiduciary duty (including breaches of the duty of loyalty) by former officers and directors of the Debtor for actions before or after the Petition Date; and

Potential Causes of Action against any Person that may be asserted as a setoff against any Claims contained in the Schedules or asserted against the Debtor in Filed proofs of Claim or in Existing Equity Interests (including, without limitation, those defenses and rights of setoff described in Section VI.D.3 hereof in respect of certain Disputed Class 3 General Unsecured Claims).

N. Claims Administration Responsibility; The Disbursing Agent

The Reorganized Debtor (or its designees) shall retain responsibility for administering, disputing, objecting to, compromising or otherwise resolving and making distributions on account of the Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtor. The Reorganized Debtor and such other Person(s) as may be approved by the Reorganized Debtor shall act as Disbursing Agent(s) under the Plan. Any such Disbursing Agent may, with the prior approval of the Reorganized Debtor, employ or contract with other Persons to assist in or to perform the distribution required. Each third-party hired as a Disbursing Agent shall receive from the Reorganized Debtor, and on terms acceptable to the Reorganized Debtor without the need for further Bankruptcy Court approval, reasonable compensation for distribution services rendered pursuant to the Plan and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services.

O. Objections to Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests

All objections to Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests shall be Filed and served on the holders thereof by the Claims Objection Deadline; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall limit the right of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor to object to Claims or Equity Interests, if any, Filed or amended after the Claims Objection Deadline, or to assert rights of setoff as provided in Section VI.I of the Plan.

After the Effective Date, only the Reorganized Debtor, by and through any of its attorneys (whose representation before the Bankruptcy Court on behalf of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor after the Effective Date need not be approved in advance by Order of the Bankruptcy Court) shall have authority to File objections, or settle, compromise, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to or proceedings to estimate Claims. Notwithstanding any prior order of the Bankruptcy Court or the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9019, from and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without the approval of the Bankruptcy Court and without notice to any other Person.

P. No Distributions Pending Allowance

No payments or distributions will be made with respect to all or any portion of a Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest unless and until all objections to such Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest have been settled or withdrawn or have been determined by a Final Order, and the Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest has become an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Equity Interest. All objections to Claims or Equity Interests must be Filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.

Q. Timing, Calculation, and Manner of Amounts to Be Distributed

1. Cash Payments

Cash payments made pursuant to the Plan will be in U.S. dollars by check drawn on the account of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor. However, Cash payments to foreign Claimants may be made, at the option of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, in such currency and by such means as are necessary or customary in a particular foreign jurisdiction.

2. Transmittal of Distributions

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any agreement, document, or instrument contemplated under the Plan, all non-Cash distributions shall be deemed made at the time such distribution is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Except as otherwise agreed with the holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest, any property to be distributed on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest shall be distributed by mail to (a) the latest mailing address Filed of record for the party entitled thereto or to a holder of a power of attorney designated by such holder to receive such distributions, or (b) if no such mailing address has been so Filed, the mailing address reflected in the Schedules.

3. Estimation of Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests

In order to effectuate and expedite the distributions to be made on or after the Effective Date, the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may seek the entry of one or more Orders seeking estimation of Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests for purposes of allowance. Upon the entry of an Order of the Bankruptcy Court estimating such Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest, regardless of whether such Order becomes Final, unless a stay of distribution is obtained, the Disbursing Agent may proceed with distribution based upon the estimated amount of any such Claim. The initiation of distributions under the Plan prior to the completion of any appeal of or further proceedings with respect to any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interests that is the subject of a such an estimation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall render any such appeal or further proceeding moot.

4. Distributions After Allowance of Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests

Payments and distributions shall be made as appropriate to the holder of any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest that has become an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest on the next Monthly Distribution Date (or if such dates have passed, as soon as practicable after the date such Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Equity Interest).

5. Undeliverable Distributions

If any distribution is returned to a Disbursing Agent as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be made to the holder of the Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest on which such distribution was made unless and until the Disbursing Agent or the Reorganized Debtor are notified in writing of such holder's then-current address. Undeliverable distributions shall remain in the possession of the Disbursing Agent until such time as a distribution becomes deliverable or is deemed canceled (as hereinafter provided). Any unclaimed distribution held by a Disbursing Agent shall be accounted for separately, but the Disbursing Agent shall be under no duty to invest any such unclaimed distribution in any manner. Any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest that does not present a claim for an undeliverable distribution within one year after the date upon which a distribution is first made available to such holder shall have its right to such distribution discharged and shall be forever barred from asserting any such Claim or Equity Interest against any of the Reorganized Debtor or its property or against any other Person, including the Disbursing Agent(s). All unclaimed or undistributed distributions shall, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 347(b), be the property of the Reorganized Debtor and shall be treated and allocated as determined by the Reorganized Debtor in their sole and absolute discretion.

R. Fractional Securities

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, only whole numbers of shares of New Securities shall be issued. As a result, if the calculated distribution on account of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests based upon the record holders thereof on the Distribution Record Date would otherwise result in the issuance to any Person of a number of shares of New Securities that is not a whole number, then the actual distribution of such New Securities shall be rounded up (if the fraction equals or exceeds one-half) or down (if the fraction is less than one-half). No consideration shall be provided in lieu of fractional shares of New Securities that are rounded down. Any surplus of fractional shares of New Securities existing as a result of the rounding process shall be retained by the Reorganized Debtor as treasury stock.

S. Distribution Record Date

The Disbursing Agent will have no obligation to recognize the transfer of, or the sale of any participation in, any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest that occurs after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date and will be entitled for all purposes herein to recognize and make distributions only to those holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests that are holders of such Claims or Equity Interests, or participants therein, as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the respective transfer registers for the Existing Securities as maintained by the Debtor or by other Persons (including, any collateral agents in respect of any Existing Securities) shall be closed. The applicable Disbursing Agent will have no obligation to recognize the transfer or sale of Existing Securities that occur after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date. The Disbursing Agent will be entitled for all purposes herein to recognize and make distributions only to those holding their Existing Securities on the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

Except as otherwise provided in an order of the Bankruptcy Court, the transferees of Claims that are transferred pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001 on or prior to the Distribution Record Date will be treated as the holders of such Claims for all purposes, notwithstanding that any period provided by Bankruptcy Rule 3001 for objecting to such transfer has not expired by the Distribution Record Date.

T. Retention of Jurisdiction

Pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters arising out of, and related to, the Reorganization Case and the Plan, including, among other things, the following matters:

1. to Allow, Disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority or secured or unsecured status of any Claim or Equity Interest;

2. to hear and determine pending motions for the assumption or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases or the assumption and assignment, as the case may be, of executory contracts or unexpired leases to which the Debtor is a party or with respect to which any the Debtor may be liable, and to hear and determine the allowance of Claims resulting therefrom including the amount of Cure, if any, required to be paid to such Claim holders;

3. to construe and to take any action to enforce and execute the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any other Order of the Bankruptcy Court, including entering such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order;

4. to adjudicate any and all Causes of Action, adversary proceedings, applications, or contested matters that have been or hereafter are commenced, maintained in, or related to the Reorganization Case or the Plan, including, without limitation, any adversary proceeding or contested matter, proceedings to adjudicate the allowance of Disputed Claims, and all controversies and issues arising from or relating to any of the foregoing;

5. to resolve any cases, controversies, suits or disputes that may arise in connection with the consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document that is entered into or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Person's rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan or such documents;

6. to hear and determine all matters involving Claims or Causes of Action involving the Debtor or its properties;

7. to issue such Orders as may be necessary for the implementation, interpretation, execution, performance, and consummation of the Plan;

8. to protect the property of the Estate revesting in the Reorganized Debtor from Claims against, or interference with such property, including actions to quiet or otherwise clear title to such property based upon the terms and provisions of the Plan;

9. to determine any and all applications for allowance of compensation and expense reimbursement of Professional Persons;

10. to determine any other request for payment of Administrative Claims;

11. to determine all applications, motions, adversary proceedings, contested matters, and any other litigated matters instituted prior to the closing of the Reorganization Case (regardless of whether initiated prior to or after the Effective Date), including litigation commenced to set aside or avoid any transfers pursuant to Bankruptcy Code sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, and 553;

12. to modify the Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code;

13. to modify the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order;

14. to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in any Order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into, delivered or created in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order, in such manner as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan or to carry out its intents and purposes;

15. to issue injunctions, enforce the injunctions contained in the Plan and the Confirmation Order, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Person with consummation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order;

16. to enter a final decree closing the Reorganization Case;

17. to enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked or vacated, or distributions pursuant to the Plan are enjoined or stayed;

18. to determine matters concerning state, local and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, including any Disputed Claims for taxes; and

19. to determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order.

If the Bankruptcy Court is determined not to have jurisdiction with respect to the foregoing, or if the Reorganized Debtor chooses to pursue any Claim (as applicable) in another court of competent jurisdiction, the Reorganized Debtor will have authority to bring such action in any other court of competent jurisdiction.



VII.

CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN AND CONDITIONS

PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

A. Confirmation Hearing and Objections to Confirmation

The Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court, after notice, to hold a Confirmation Hearing on whether the Plan and the Plan proponents have fulfilled the Confirmation requirements of Bankruptcy Code section 1129. The Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the Confirmation Hearing for May [ ], 2002, at 10:00 a.m. (Central Time) before the Honorable Eugene R. Wedoff, United States Bankruptcy Judge, at the Dirksen Federal Building, 219 South Dearborn, Courtroom 744, Chicago, Illinois. The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for the announcement of the adjournment date made at the Confirmation Hearing. At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the requirements of Bankruptcy Code section 1129 have been satisfied, and if appropriate, the Bankruptcy Court will enter the Confirmation Order approving the Plan.

As indicated in the Order Approving Disclosure Statement and Scheduling Confirmation Hearing, any objection to Confirmation of the Plan must be made in writing and must specify in detail the name and address of the objector, grounds for the objection, evidentiary support therefor, and the amount of the objector's Claim or such other grounds as give the objector standing to assert any objection to the Plan. Any such objection must be Filed and served on the following in the manner described in the Order Approving Disclosure Statement and Scheduling Confirmation Hearing so that it is received by them on or before May [ ], 2002:

Counsel for the Debtor:

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

77 West Wacker Drive

Suite 4800

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 444-1000

Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Attn: Steven R. Jakubowski, Esq.



Counsel for the 12% Senior Note Holders:

JENNER & BLOCK LLC

One IBM Plaza

333 North Wabash Avenue

38th Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60611

Telephone: (312) 222-9350

Facsimile: (312) 840-7352

Attn: Catherine L. Steege, Esq.



Counsel for the United States Trustee:

OFFICE OF THE UNITED STATES TRUSTEE

227 West Monroe Street

Suite 3350

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Telephone: (312) 886-3320

Facsimile: (312) 886-5794

Attn: Richard C. Friedman, Esq.

Pursuant to the Order Approving Disclosure Statement and Scheduling Confirmation Hearing, failure to File and serve a timely written objection and other required papers shall be deemed by the Bankruptcy Court to be consent to the Bankruptcy Court's entry of the Confirmation Order.

B. Conditions to Confirmation Contained in the Bankruptcy Code

1. Generally

Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a) sets forth certain requirements that must be satisfied in order for the Plan to be confirmed. Creditors and Equity Interest holders in Impaired Classes entitled to vote on the Plan are urged to consult with their counsel to evaluate every one of the standards for confirmation of the Plan under the Bankruptcy Code.

The Debtor believes that it will make the requisite showing at the Confirmation Hearing to permit the Bankruptcy Court to make the necessary findings under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a) with respect to the Plan. The following discussion highlights the manner by which the Plan satisfies certain of these requirements.

2. Financial Feasibility

The Plan may be confirmed only if the Bankruptcy Court finds, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(11), that Confirmation is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of the Debtor. The Projections described in Section V of the Disclosure Statement and attached as Appendix B to the Disclosure Statement indicate that the Reorganized Debtor should have sufficient Cash to maintain its operations during the period of the Projections ending December 31, 2004.

Cash payments required by the Plan shall be provided from the funds of the Estate, from funds generated by the Debtor's and the Reorganized Debtor's business, and from funds raised through the Private Placement Offering (which shall be escrowed by confirmation and released on the Effective Date).

It is a condition precedent to Confirmation that at least $1.7 million in fresh capital (net of fees and commissions) shall have been raised and escrowed pursuant to the Private Placement Offering, with such escrowed funds to be released to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the Private Placement Offering.

3. Acceptance by Impaired Classes

Except as described herein with regard to the "cramdown" alternative, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(8), the Plan may not be confirmed unless it is accepted by each Impaired Class of Creditors and Equity Interest holders. Classes of Allowed Claims that are Unimpaired under the Plan are deemed to have accepted the Plan. Creditors and Equity Interest holders who fail to vote are not counted as either accepting or rejecting the Plan.

A Class of Allowed Claims accepts the Plan if holders of at least two-thirds in dollar amount and a majority in number of Claims of that Class vote to accept the Plan, counting only the votes of those holders of Claims that actually vote on the Plan, and excluding certain Claims, if any, designated under Bankruptcy Code section 1126(e).

A Class of Allowed Equity Interests accepts the Plan if holders of at least two-thirds of the number of Equity Interests in that Class vote to accept the Plan, counting only those Equity Interests actually voted.

Holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 1A through 1D, Classes 2 through 4, and Class 6 are Impaired under the Plan and entitled to vote on it.

Holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 1E and 7 are also Impaired but will not receive distributions under the Plan. Accordingly, the votes of the holders of such Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in these Classes are not being solicited.

Holders of Allowed Equity Interests in Class 5 are Unimpaired and thus are not entitled to vote on the Plan.

4. Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes: The "Cramdown" Alternative

Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code allows a Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan, even if it has not been accepted by all Impaired Classes entitled to vote on the Plan, provided that the Plan has been accepted by at least one Impaired Class. The Debtor reserves its right to seek the application of the statutory requirements set forth in Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b) for confirmation of the Plan despite lack of acceptance by all Impaired Classes entitled to vote on the Plan.

Further, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b), notwithstanding the failure of an Impaired Class to accept the Plan, it may be confirmed, on request of the Plan proponent, through a procedure commonly known as a "cramdown," if the Plan does not "discriminate unfairly" and is "fair and equitable" with respect to each non-accepting Class of Impaired Claims or Equity Interests. As indicated below, the cramdown requirements differ depending upon the specific Class being crammed down.

a. Nonacceptance by an Impaired Class of Secured Claims. Under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b), a plan is "fair and equitable" to any Class of nonaccepting Secured Claims if, among other things, the Plan provides for the realization by such holders of the indubitable equivalent of such Secured Claims. The Plan does not "discriminate unfairly" and is "fair and equitable" with respect to a Class of Secured Claims if no such Class of Secured Claims receives more than it is legally entitled to receive for its Allowed Claims and if the legal rights of that Class are treated in a manner consistent with the treatment of other Classes whose legal rights are similar to those of the dissenting Class.

The cramdown requirements applicable to Secured Creditors can also be satisfied if the Secured Creditors within the nonaccepting Class (i) retain the Liens securing such Claims to the extent of the Allowed amount of their Claims and (ii) receive deferred cash payments totaling at least the Allowed amount of such Claims and having a present value, as of the Effective Date, at least equivalent to the value of the Secured Creditor's interest in the Debtor's property subject to the Liens.

Secured Claims are classified in Classes 1A through 1E. In the event that any such Class rejects the Plan, the Debtor will contend at the Confirmation Hearing that the Plan should be confirmed even though that Class has rejected the Plan because, pursuant to standards set forth in Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b), the Plan's treatment of that Class does not "discriminate unfairly" against, and is "fair and equitable" with respect to, that Class of Secured Creditors. There can be no assurance, however, that the Bankruptcy Court will find that the cramdown requirements of Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b) have been satisfied with respect to such nonaccepting Class.

b. Nonacceptance by Class 3 (General Unsecured Claims) or Class 4 (Existing Series A Preferred). If Classes 3 or 4 vote to reject the Plan, the Plan still could be confirmed if the Bankruptcy Court finds that the Plan does not "discriminate unfairly" as to these dissenting Classes and is "fair and equitable" to such Classes. Under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b), the Plan would be "fair and equitable" to these Classes if the Classes 1A through 1C vote to accept the Plan. This is because these Secured Claims, by voting to accept the Plan, are affirmatively agreeing thereby to surrender rights of recovery to which they are entitled as Secured Creditors to junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests, who would otherwise be entitled to no recoveries absent this surrender by these Secured Creditors.

c. Nonacceptance by Class 5 (Existing Common Stock). If Class 5 votes to reject the Plan, the Plan still would be "fair and equitable" with respect to such Class because, among other things, no Class junior to such nonaccepting Classes shall receive or retain any property under the Plan and there is no senior Class that will receive distributions under the Plan in excess of the amount of Allowed Claims or Equity Interests in that Class. Under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b), this is sufficient to establish the right of the Plan proponent to cramdown the Plan over the objections of Existing Equity Interests.

d. Deemed Nonacceptance by Classes 6 and 7 (Existing Stock Options and Other Equity Interests). Classes 6 and 7 are deemed to have rejected the Plan because they receive no distributions under the Plan. As such, the Debtor will contend at the Confirmation Hearing that the Plan should be confirmed even though these Classes are deemed to have rejected the Plan. Specifically, as required by Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b), the Plan's treatment of the holders of Allowed Equity Interests and Allowed Claims in these Classes is "fair and equitable" with respect to, those Classes in that no junior Class that will retain or receive any property under the Plan, and there is no senior Class that will receive distributions under the Plan in excess of the amount of Allowed Claims in that Class. Further, the Plan does not "discriminate unfairly" against holders of Equity Interests or Claims in these Classes because, among other things, there are no other Classes containing Equity Interests or Claims whose legal rights are similar to those of these Classes.

e. Other Considerations. The Debtor reserves the right to modify the Plan to the extent that confirmation under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b) requires such modification in a manner that does not require amendment of the Disclosure Statement and resolicitation of acceptances and rejections of the Plan should any Class vote to reject the Plan. There can be no assurance, however, that the cramdown requirements of Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b) would be satisfied as to such other Classes if the Debtor were to request that the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan with a cramdown alternative with respect to such Classes or, even if such requirements could be satisfied, that such alternative treatment would not materially adversely affect (i) the distributions proposed to be made pursuant to the Plan to other Creditors or Equity Holders in Impaired Classes or (ii) the projected financial condition or results of operations of the Reorganized Debtor.

5. The "Best Interests" Test: the Debtor's Liquidation Analysis

Notwithstanding acceptance of the Plan by an Impaired Class, if the Bankruptcy Court is to confirm the Plan, the Bankruptcy Court must find, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(7), that the Plan is in the "best interests" of each holder of a Claim or Equity Interest in any such Impaired Class who has not voted to accept the Plan. Accordingly, if an Impaired Class does not unanimously accept the Plan, this so-called "best interests" test requires that the Bankruptcy Court find that the Plan provides to each member of such Impaired Class, on account of each holder's Claim or Equity Interest within that Class, a recovery that has a value, as of the Effective Date, at least equal to the value of the distribution that each such holder would receive if the Debtor were to be liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code on such date. Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(7) does not require the recovery under the Plan to be in Cash, but merely requires that the value of the property distributed under the Plan to each such holder exceed the value of the property that would be distributed to such holder upon the Debtor's liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

To calculate what members of each Impaired Class of Creditors or Equity Holders would receive if the Debtor were liquidated as part of a chapter 7 case, the Bankruptcy Court must first determine the aggregate dollar amount that would be available if the Debtor's Reorganization Case were to be converted to a chapter 7 case under the Bankruptcy Code and the Debtor's assets were to be liquidated by a chapter 7 trustee (the "Liquidation Value"). The Liquidation Value of the Debtor would consist of the net proceeds from the disposition of the assets of the Debtor, augmented by any Cash held by the Debtor. The Liquidation Value available to Creditors and Equity Interest holders would then be reduced by, among other things, (i) the Claims of Secured Creditors to the extent of the value of their collateral, (ii) the costs, fees, and expenses of the liquidation, as well as other administrative expenses of the chapter 7 case, (iii) unpaid Administrative Claims of the case, including Claims of holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes and of Professional Persons retained postpetition.

The Debtor's costs of liquidation in a chapter 7 case would include the compensation of a trustee, counsel, and other professionals retained by such trustee, asset disposition expenses, litigation costs, and Claims arising from the operation of the Debtor during the pendency of the chapter 7 case.

A liquidation analysis of the Debtor (the "Liquidation Analysis") was prepared by certain of the Debtor' management and consultants. This Liquidation Analysis is attached as Appendix D to the Disclosure Statement. As more fully described therein, the Liquidation Analysis is based on a number of estimates and assumptions which are subject to significant uncertainties, including estimates and assumptions relating to potential recoveries for the sale of the Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets and the timing of such sale. While the Debtor believes that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable for the purpose of preparing a hypothetical chapter 7 Liquidation Analysis, there can be no assurance that such estimates and assumptions would be valid if the Debtor were, in fact, to be liquidated. Moreover, a chapter 7 liquidation might result in substantial litigation, particularly in respect of whether the Secured Claims should be Allowed, which could further delay the distribution of liquidation proceeds beyond the periods assumed in the Liquidation Analysis. This delay could reduce materially the amount determined on a present value basis to be available for distribution to Creditors and Equity Holders.

Based on the Liquidation Analysis, the Debtor believes that a chapter 7 liquidation of the Debtor would result in the total elimination of any value for General Unsecured Creditors and any Equity Interest holders. Consequently, the Debtor believes that the Plan, which grants holders of pre-existing Claims and Equity Interests a share of the equity of the Reorganized Debtor will provide a substantially greater return to them than they would receive in a chapter 7 liquidation. The Debtor, therefore, believe that the Plan satisfies the "best interests" test.

C. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of the Plan

The occurrence of the Effective Date shall be conditioned upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any one of which may be waived at the sole and absolute discretion of the Debtor:

1. the Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtor (in its sole and absolute discretion), which Order shall have become Final;

2. the Plan shall not have been amended, altered, or modified from the Plan as Filed and disseminated with the Disclosure Statement, unless such amendment, alteration, or modification is, and all Exhibits to the Plan are, in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion;

3. at least $1.7 million in fresh capital (net of fees and commissions) shall have been escrowed pursuant to the Private Placement Offering, and such escrowed funds shall be designated to be irrevocably released to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the Private Placement Offering;

4. Classes 1A and 1B shall have voted to accept the Plan;

5. holders of Class 5 Equity Interests shall receive the distributions contemplated by the Plan so that the Reorganized Debtor has sufficient shareholders of record to qualify for listing on a national securities exchange such as Nasdaq or the American Stock Exchange.

The Debtor retains the right to withdraw or revoke the Plan in its sole discretion at any time prior to the Confirmation Date.

D. Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

If each of the conditions to the Effective Date is not satisfied or duly waived in accordance with Section VIII.A of the Plan, then upon motion by the Debtor made before the time that each such condition has been satisfied or duly waived and upon notice to the parties to the Master Service List, the Confirmation Order shall be vacated by the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that notwithstanding the Filing of such motion, the Confirmation Order may not be vacated if each of the conditions to the Effective Date is either satisfied or duly waived before the Bankruptcy Court enters an order granting such motion. If the Confirmation Order is vacated, then (i) the Plan will be null and void in all respects, including with respect to (x) the discharge of Claims and termination of Equity Interests pursuant to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code and (y) the assumptions, assignments or rejections of executory contracts and unexpired leases pursuant to Article V of the Plan, and (ii) nothing contained in the Plan shall (x) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Equity Interest in, the Debtor or (y) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtor or any other Person.

E. Legal Effects of Confirmation and Effectiveness of the Plan

1. Discharge and Injunction

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court that, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in agreements or Final Orders entered in connection therewith, on and after the Effective Date--

1. the rights afforded in the Plan and the treatment of all Claims and Equity Interests thereunder (a) shall be in exchange for, and in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release of all such Claims and Equity Interests against the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, or any of their assets or properties, and (b) shall terminate all rights as of the Effective Date of all Existing Securities of any nature whatsoever;

2. the Debtor shall be deemed discharged and released to the fullest extent permitted by Bankruptcy Code section 1141 from all Claims or Equity Interests that arose prior to the Effective Date against the Debtor or their property or assets;

3. all Persons and Governmental Units shall be permanently enjoined by Bankruptcy Code section 524 from asserting against the Reorganized Debtor, its successors, or its assets or properties, any other or further Claims or Equity Interests based upon any act or omission, transaction, or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred prior to the Effective Date. The discharge shall void any judgment against the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor any time obtained to the extent that it relates to a Claim or Equity Interest that has been discharged or terminated;

4. all Persons and Governmental Units who have held, currently hold, or may hold a Claim or Equity Interest discharged or terminated pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be permanently enjoined by Bankruptcy Code section 524 from taking any of the following actions on account of any such discharged Claim or terminated Equity Interest: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering in any manner any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien or encumbrance against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; (d) asserting any setoff, right of subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due to the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; and (e) commencing or continuing any action, in any manner or place, that does not comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the Confirmation Order. Any Person or Governmental Unit violating such injunction may be liable for actual damages, including costs and attorneys' fees and, in appropriate circumstances, punitive damages; and

5. all Persons and Governmental Units who have held, currently hold, or may hold a Claim or Equity Interest discharged or terminated pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be permanently enjoined by Bankruptcy Code section 524 from commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding against any party on account of a Claim or Cause of Action that was property of the Estate, including, without limitation, any derivative Claims capable of being brought on behalf of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, and all such Claims and causes of action shall remain exclusively vested in the Reorganized Debtor to the maximum extent such Claims and Causes of Action were vested in the Debtor or Debtor in Possession. The Plan shall be binding upon and govern the acts of all Persons including, without limitation, all holders of Claims and Equity Interests, all filing agents or officers, title agents or companies, recorders, registrars, administrative agencies, Governmental Units and departments, agencies or officials thereof, secretaries of state, and all other Persons who may be required by law, the duties of their office, or contract to accept, file, register, record, or release any documents or instruments, or who may be required to report or insure any title or state of title in or to any of the assets of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor.

In accordance with the foregoing, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date, the Confirmation Order will be a judicial determination of a discharge of all Claims and other debts and liabilities against the Debtor and a termination of all Existing Securities pursuant to sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such discharge will void any judgment obtained against the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor at any time, to the extent that such judgment relates to a discharged Claim or terminated Equity Interest.

By accepting distributions pursuant to the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan will be deemed to have specifically consented to the injunctions and other related provisions set forth in Section VI.G of the Plan.

In the event an action, suit or proceeding is brought against a Person in respect to a claim, demand, right, cause of action, liability or other matter in respect to which such Person has been released, waived, or discharged under the Plan, including the Confirmation Order, the reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of such Person in successfully defending such action, suit, or proceeding will be paid by the party or parties commencing such action, suit, or proceeding and, as a condition to going forward with such action, suit, or proceeding at the outset thereof, the party or parties commencing such action, suit, or proceeding shall be required to provide adequate assurance of their capacity to make such payment of reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.

2. Contribution Bar

The Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order forever barring Claims (including Claims described in Bankruptcy Code section 502(e)(1)(B)) for contribution, reimbursement, Indemnification Rights, subrogation, or indemnity against the Debtor by any Person. All such Claims shall be automatically discharged and forever barred upon entry of the Confirmation Order, without the necessity of the filing or adjudication of any objection to such Claims.

3. Termination of Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies

The classification and manner of satisfying all Claims and Interests under the Plan take into consideration all subordination rights, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, contract, section 510(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, that a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest may have against other holders of Claims or Equity Interest with respect to any distribution made pursuant to the Plan. All subordination rights that a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest may have with respect to any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan will be discharged and terminated, and all actions related to the enforcement of such subordination rights will be permanently enjoined. Accordingly, distributions pursuant to the Plan to holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests will not be subject to payment to a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights or to levy, garnishment, attachment, or other legal process by a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights.

Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims or controversies relating to the subordination rights that a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest or any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest. The entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court's approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims or controversies and the Bankruptcy Court's finding that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, and is fair, equitable, and reasonable.

Nothing in the Plan, however, shall in any way limit the rights of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor to seek subordination under Bankruptcy Code section 510 or other applicable law of any Claims asserted against or Equity Interests asserted in the Debtor.

F. Limitation of Liability

The officers, directors, attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, and agents of the Debtor that assumed their managerial or agency roles pursuant to the consent solicitation described in Section IV.B of the Disclosure Statement shall not be liable to any holder of a Claim or Equity Interest, or any other party with respect to any action, forbearance from action, decision, or exercise of discretion taken during the period from October 16, 2001, to the Effective Date in connection with (i) the operation of the Debtor, (ii) the proposal or implementation of any of the transactions provided for, or contemplated in, the Plan or the Disclosure Statement, (iii) any act taken or omission made in connection with or related to the Reorganization Case, or in connection with or related to formulating, distributing, implementing, confirming, or consummating the Plan (including soliciting acceptances or rejections thereof), the Disclosure Statement, or any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan for any act taken or not taken in connection with or relating to the Reorganization Case, or (iv) the administration of the Plan or the Assets and property to be distributed pursuant to or as contemplated by the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, other than for wilful misconduct or fraud. Furthermore, the foregoing limitation of liability shall be in addition to the "safe harbor" from liability provided by Section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and Section VI.F of the Plan. Any objection to Section VI.F of the Plan by any holder of a Claim or Equity Interest shall be Filed by the deadline established by the Bankruptcy Court for objecting to confirmation of the Plan and, if not so Filed, shall be deemed waived.

G. Amendment and Modification of the Plan

The Debtor may alter, amend or modify the Plan under section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code at any time prior to the Confirmation Hearing. After the Confirmation Date and prior to substantial consummation of the Plan with respect (as defined in section 1101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may, under section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, institute proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan with respect to the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, and such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and effects of the Plan, so long as such proceedings do not materially adversely affect the treatment of holders of Claims or Equity Interests under the Plan; provided, however, that prior notice of such proceedings shall be served in accordance with the Bankruptcy Rules or pursuant to Order of the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan may be amended or modified before the Effective Date only by the Debtor, or following the Effective Date, only by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, to the extent provided in Bankruptcy Code section 1127.

H. Withdrawal, Revocation, or Non-Consummation of the Plan

The Debtor reserves the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan at any time prior to the Confirmation Date for any reason whatsoever. If the Debtor revokes or withdraws the Plan, then (i) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, (ii) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain any Claim or Equity Interest or Class of Claims or Equity Interests), assumption or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases affected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void, and (iii) nothing contained in the Plan shall (A) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Equity Interests in, the Debtor or any other Person, (B) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtor or any other Person, or (C) constitute an admission of any sort by the Debtor or any other Person.

I. Alternatives to Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan; Benefits of Plan Over Alternative Competing Plans

In formulating and developing the Plan, numerous other alternatives were considered, including a sale of the Debtor's assets. As the Debtor's primary assets are represented by its Intellectual Property Assets, the Debtor believes that if a sale of the assets were consummated in the Reorganization Case, that the maximum net proceeds of the sale would be insufficient to cover the Allowed Claims of the holders of Postpetition Senior Notes, 12% Senior Notes, 10% Junior Notes, and Administrative Claims. Additionally, as no third party has approached the Debtor seeking to obtain confirmation of an alternative plan, the Debtor believes that liquidation is the only practical option to Confirmation. The Debtor believes that pursuing the liquidation alternative would only result in significant additional administrative expenses, complex litigation among competing claimants, and distribution delays.

Under a sale scenario, the Debtor believes, there would be no proceeds left to satisfy General Unsecured Creditors or Existing Equity Interests. The Debtor believes that the Plan, by providing for distributions to holders of certain Allowed General Unsecured Claims and Existing Equity Interests, enables such holders to receive substantially more than could ever be achieved under a sale or liquidation scenario.



VIII.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

TO BE ISSUED UNDER THE PLAN

The following description is a summary of the material terms of the New Securities. For a complete description of all of the terms of the New Securities, you should refer to descriptions contained herein and to the forms of New Series A Convertible Preferred and the New Series B Convertible Preferred attached as Exhibits I.A.70 and I.A.71 to the Plan. In addition, you should refer to the Delaware General Corporation Law and to the forms of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Certificate of Designation attached as Exhibits I.A.92(A) and I.A.92(B) to the Plan.

A. New Common Stock

Holders of the New Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which the holders of New Common Stock are entitled to vote and will not have any cumulative voting rights or preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. Holders of New Common Stock will be entitled to receive dividends as may from time to time be declared by the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Declaration of dividends on New Common Stock will be subject to the discretion of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including the future earnings, capital requirements and financial condition of Reorganized Debtor. The Reorganized Debtor will be prohibited from paying dividends on the New Common Stock as long as shares of New Series A Convertible Preferred or New Series B Convertible Preferred remain outstanding.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Reorganized Debtor, holders of New Common Stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in the assets of Reorganized Debtor, if any, remaining after the payment of all our liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding class or series of preferred stock. The shares of New Common Stock to be issued under the Plan are, and the New Common Stock offered by the selling stockholders in this offering when issued upon conversion of the convertible secured promissory notes and upon exercise of the warrants will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of New Common Stock are subject to any series of preferred stock currently outstanding or that we may issue in the future as described below. Holders of New Common Stock have no preemptive rights.

B. New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

As provided in the Restated Certificate of Designation at Exhibit I.A.92(A) to the Plan, holders of the New Series A Convertible Preferred will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which the holders of New Common Stock will be entitled to vote. Dividends shall accrue at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. Dividends paid on the New Series A Convertible Preferred are cumulative and must be paid before any dividends may be paid on the New Common Stock. The dividend paid in the first year shall be paid in additional shares of New Series A Convertible Preferred. After the first anniversary, the dividend paid shall, at the election of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors, either in the form of shares of New Series A Convertible Preferred or Cash.

In the event of Reorganized Debtor's liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of New Series A Convertible Preferred will be entitled to a liquidation preference of $1.00 per share (the "New Convertible Preferred Liquidation Preference") in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities in preference over the New Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and New Common Stock. The Reorganized Debtor may redeem the New Series A Convertible Preferred any time after issuance as follows: (i) during the first 12 months following the Effective Date, at 105% of the New Convertible Preferred Liquidation Preference; (ii) thereafter at 104% of the New Convertible Preferred Liquidation Preference.

On and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, (and on each six month anniversary thereafter), the holder of New Series A Convertible Preferred may convert up to 25% of its New Series A Convertible Preferred holdings into New Common Stock at a conversion price equal to greater of (i) 90% of the average 20-day closing ask price for the New Common stock, and (ii) $3.00 per share so converted. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock have no preemptive rights.

The Restated Certificate of Designation in respect of the New Series A Convertible Preferred shall also contain negative covenants that prohibit, so long as any New Series A Convertible Preferred is outstanding, the Reorganized Debtor from incurring any security interests, Liens, or encumbrances on any of the Reorganized Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets (other than those Liens contemplated by the Plan as being in existence on the Effective Date).

C. New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

As provided in the Restated Certificate of Designation at Exhibit I.A.92(B) to the Plan, holders of the New Series B Convertible Preferred will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which the holders of New Common Stock will be entitled to vote. Dividends shall accrue at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. Dividends paid on the New Series B Convertible Preferred are cumulative and must be paid before any dividends may be paid on the New Common Stock. The dividend paid in the first year shall be paid in additional shares of New Series B Convertible Preferred. After the first anniversary, the dividend paid shall, at the election of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors, either in the form of shares of New Series B Convertible Preferred or Cash.

In the event of Reorganized Debtor's liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of New Series B Convertible Preferred will be entitled to the New Convertible Preferred Liquidation Preference in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities in preference over the New Common Stock. The Reorganized Debtor may redeem the New Series B Convertible Preferred any time after issuance as follows: (i) during the first 12 months following the Effective Date, at 105% of the New Convertible Preferred Liquidation Preference; (ii) during the 12 months following the first anniversary of the Effective Date, at 104% of the New Convertible Preferred Liquidation Preference, and (iii) thereafter, at 103% of the New Convertible Preferred Liquidation Preference.

On and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, (and on each six month anniversary thereafter), the holder of New Series B Convertible Preferred may convert up to 25% of its New Series B Convertible Preferred holdings into New Common Stock at a conversion price equal to greater of (i) 90% of the average 20-day closing ask price for the New Common Stock, and (ii) $3.00 per share so converted. Holders of New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall have no preemptive rights.

The Restated Certificate of Designation in respect of the New Series A Convertible Preferred shall also contain negative covenants that prohibit, so long as any New Series B Convertible Preferred is outstanding, the Reorganized Debtor from incurring any security interests, Liens, or encumbrances on any of the Reorganized Debtor's Intellectual Property Assets (other than those Liens contemplated by the Plan as being in existence on the Effective Date).

D. New Warrants

The New Class A Warrants and New Class B Warrants to be issued to New Investors and holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes that exercise their conversion rights under the Plan will represent the right to purchase shares of New Common Stock in the future.

The New Class A Warrant, the form of which is attached at Exhibit I.A.64 to the Plan, will represent the right to purchase one share of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share at any time commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and expiring on the second anniversary thereof.

The New Class B Warrant, the form of which is attached at Exhibit I.A.65 to the Plan, will represent the right to purchase one share of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share at any time commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and expiring on the third anniversary thereof.

E. Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the New Securities is expected to be StockTrans, Inc., who is the Debtor's transfer agent and registrar for the Debtor's Existing Common Stock.



IX.

CERTAIN MATTERS IN RESPECT OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR

A. Funding of the Plan

Cash payments required by the Plan shall be provided from the funds of the Estate, from funds generated by operation of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor's business, and from the fresh capital raised through the Private Placement Offering. These funds are designated to be escrowed prior to the Confirmation Date and turned over to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date upon satisfaction of the other conditions precedent to Confirmation set forth in Article VIII of the Plan.

In the Private Placement Offering being conducted by the Debtor in conjunction with the Confirmation, the Debtor is offering to sell (net of fees and commissions) at least $1.7 million and no more than $3 million (net) in New Common Stock and New Warrants to New Investors on the same terms and conditions offered to the holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes that elect under Section III.A.1.d to convert their Claims under the Plan into shares of New Common Stock and New Warrants. If the requisite minimum funds are committed, the closing of the Private Placement Offering will occur on the Effective Date.

B. Management of the Reorganized Debtor

Appendix E to this Disclosure Statement identifies those individuals who shall serve initially as directors, executive officers, or significant consultants to the Reorganized Debtor commencing on the Effective Date, and the contemplated terms of their employment or consulting arrangements. The Debtor reserves the right to be amend the information or Persons listed therein at any time prior to the Effective Date upon notice to the Persons listed on the Master Service List. Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall have the ability to cause changes in the composition of its board and management as are permitted under applicable federal and state laws.

Subject to Bankruptcy Court approval under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(5), those Persons so designated shall be authorized to assume their offices on or before the Effective Date and shall be authorized to continue to serve in such capacities thereafter without the need for any further action by the Bankruptcy Court or any officers, directors, or shareholders of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor. Each such director and officer will serve from and after the Effective Date until his or her successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, or removal in accordance with the terms of the certificates of incorporation and bylaws or similar constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtor and applicable state law.

C. Reorganization Bonus

In conjunction with the filing of the Plan, the Board authorized, as of the Effective Date, the issuance of five percent (5%) of all Plan-Issued Securities to be distributed to the following Persons and in the following amounts in consideration for the beneficial services offered by them during the Reorganization Case: (i) to Jimmy D. Swink, Jr., Reorganization Manager, 4% of all Plan-Issued Securities; (ii) to Robert Burkett, Chairman and director, 1/3% of all Plan-Issued Securities, (iii) to Mr. David Crews, 1/3% of all Plan-Issued Securities, and 1/3% of all Plan-Issued Securities to Mr. Kent Smith. The Plan defines "Plan-Issued Securities" as all New Securities to be issued under the Plan, exclusive of New Warrants and shares of New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Reorganization Bonus and the New Warrants.

The New Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Reorganization Bonus shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Shares of New Series A Preferred Stock and New Series B Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to the Reorganization Bonus shall be distributed on the Initial Distribution Date.

Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.



D. Long Term Incentive Plan of the Reorganized Debtor

One key element of the Reorganized Debtor's business strategy is the development of compensation arrangements that attract and retain top-quality management personnel, consultants, and directors. Accordingly, on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall adopt a long-term incentive plan (the "Long Term Incentive Plan") providing for the issuance of various awards, as provided therein. A copy of the contemplated Long Term Incentive Plan is attached as Exhibit I.A.61 to the Plan.

Holders of Claims and Interests which may be entitled to receive shares of New Common Stock under the Plan should note that confirmation and effectiveness of the Plan shall satisfy the requirements under applicable law that the Long Term Incentive Plan be approved by shareholder vote.

The Long Term Incentive Plan will be administered by a committee of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors, consisting of no fewer than two directors, none of whom may be employees of the Reorganized Debtor and each of whom will serve at the pleasure of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors. This board committee will have full power to administer and to make all determinations as it deems necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Long Term Incentive Plan, including, without limitation, the power to select from among the employees, consultants, and directors eligible for awards, those individuals to whom awards will be granted and the number of awards to be granted to such persons. This Board Committee will also be authorized to interpret the Long Term Incentive Plan and may at any time adopt such rules and regulations as it deems advisable.

The Long Term Incentive Plan shall provide for awards of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, non-qualified options and incentive options, performance units, dividend equivalents and restricted and unrestricted stock. The Long Term Incentive Plan is limited to making awards up to 15% of the total represented by the sum of (i) all Plan-Issued Securities, (ii) securities issued pursuant to the Reorganization Bonus, and (iii) shares of New Common Stock issued upon exercise of the New Warrants.

E. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Restated Certificate of Designation, and Restated Bylaws of the Reorganized Debtor

The Reorganized Debtor will adopt the Reorganized Debtor's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Restated Certificate of Designation, and the Reorganized Debtor's Restated Bylaws pursuant to Section 303 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Bankruptcy Code section 1123(a)(5)(I). As a result thereof, neither the holders of New Common Stock nor the holders of Existing Common Stock will have an opportunity to vote separately on these charter documents.

As required by Bankruptcy Code section 1123(a)(6), the Reorganized Debtor's Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall prohibit the Reorganized Debtor from issuing nonvoting equity securities. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may amend the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Restated Certificate of Designation, and Restated Bylaws as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Restated Certificate of Designation and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Restated Certificate of Incorporation will become effective upon their filing with the Delaware Secretary of State.

F. Registration Rights Granted to New Investors

In raising the funds necessary for confirmation from the New Investors, the Debtor has agreed to register the shares of New Common Stock, New Warrants, and Warrant Shares to be issued to the New Investors pursuant to the Plan and the Private Placement Offering the pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act (the "New Registration Statement"). The date the New Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC shall be the Initial Distribution Date under the Plan.

G. Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

The Reorganized Debtor will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the "DGCL"). Subject to a number of exceptions, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in financial benefit to the stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock. This provision may have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change of control of Reorganized Debtor without further action by the stockholders.



X.

CERTAIN RISK FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED

Certain risks are associated with the New Securities to be issued pursuant to the Plan. The risk factors enumerated below assume confirmation and consummation of the Plan and do not include matters that could prevent or delay confirmation of the Plan. Prior to voting on the Plan, Creditors and Equity Interest holders in Impaired Classes that are eligible to vote on the Plan and other claimants who may elect to receive New Securities should carefully consider the risk factors enumerated below as well as all of the other information contained or referenced in the Disclosure Statement.

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the other information in this disclosure statement before acquiring New Securities pursuant to the Plan. The Reorganized Debtor's business and its results of operations could be seriously harmed by the following risks. The trading price of our New Common Stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones the Reorganized Debtor will face.

A. Inherent Uncertainty of the Financial Projections; History of Losses

Since the Debtor's inception, it has incurred significant net losses. The Debtor lost $33 million in fiscal year 2000 alone and nearly $50 million from inception to date. The Projections set forth management's estimated statement of financial position, income, and cash flows through the end of 2004. The Projections are based on numerous assumptions that are an integral part of the Projections, including confirmation and consummation of the Plan in accordance with its terms, industry performance, general business and economic conditions, and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of the Reorganized Debtor and some or all of which may not materialize. Unanticipated events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the date of this Disclosure Statement may also affect the actual financial results of the Reorganized Debtor's operations. These variations may be material and may adversely affect the ability of the Reorganized Debtor to realize the projected results. In addition, because the Reorganized Debtor will be implementing a new business model predicated upon significant penetration into various wound care submarkets in which the Debtor presently has marginal presence, actual results achieved could widely vary from the Projections. Thus, the Projections should not be relied upon as a guaranty, representation, or other assurance of the actual results that will occur. Failure to achieve the projected results or maintain profitability could negatively impact the market price of the New Common Stock.

B. Absence of Established Market for New Common Stock

The Projections estimate that approximately 8.75 million shares in the aggregate will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The precise number issued depends in large part on the total funds raised from New Investors. If total Allowed Claims exceed those assumed in the Projections, that too may impact the number of shares of New Common Stock that will be issued under the Plan.

The Reorganized Debtor intends to take such steps as are necessary for its New Common Stock to qualify for listing on Nasdaq as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, including obtaining certified financial statements for fiscal year 2001 and bringing current the Securities Exchange Act filing required in respect of public companies. There can be no assurance that the New Common Stock will so qualify for inclusion on Nasdaq or any other established public market. As such, the New Common Stock may only trade on the OTC Bulletin Board or the "pink sheets," resulting in possibly extreme price and volume fluctuations unrelated to the Reorganized Debtor's operating performance.

Further, there can be no assurance that an active trading market in the New Common Stock will develop or continue, or that the market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the Administrative Rate. The trading price of the New Common Stock may further be pressured downward from a myriad of reasons including lack of demand based on inadequate analyst and media coverage and failure of the Reorganized Debtor to achieve its projected financial results.

Some Persons receiving such New Common Stock may prefer to liquidate their investment rather than hold such securities on a long-term basis. Accordingly, the market for New Common Stock may be volatile for some period of time following the Effective Date, and indeed may be depressed for a period of time following the Effective Date until the market has had time to absorb these sales. No assurances can be given as to the market price of the New Common Stock that will prevail following the Effective Date.

The Debtor is attempting to give the nascent public market in the New Common Stock room to develop by causing all shares of New Common Stock to be issued under the Plan to be staggered over a ten month period commencing on the Initial Distribution Date. In addition, all holders of New Common Stock received under the Plan shall be subject to the Short-Selling Bar Representation that prevents any holder who receives New Common Stock under the Plan from engaging in short-selling (i.e., selling shares that the holder does not own in hopes that the stock price will decline) in the Reorganized Debtor's New Common Stock.

Additionally, there may be certain restrictions on the ability of certain holders of shares of New Common Stock to sell, transfer, or otherwise freely dispose of their shares of New Common Stock received pursuant to the Plan if such holders are "issuers" or "dealers" under sections 2(11) and 2(12), respectively, of the Securities Act, or by virtue of a state's blue sky laws.

C. Importance of Management

The success of the Reorganized Debtor depends, to a large extent, upon the success of the Persons identified in Appendix E of the Disclosure Statement as the contemplated officers, directors, managers, and consultants of the Reorganized Debtor. The Reorganized Debtor's continued growth also depends on its ability to attract and retain skilled technical, marketing, and sales personnel, and there can be no assurance that the Reorganized Debtor will be successful in doing so.

D. Assumptions Regarding the Value of the Reorganized Debtor's Assets

The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants has issued a Statement of Position on Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code ("SOP 90-7"). In SOP 90-7, an entity should adopt "fresh-start" reporting upon its emergence from chapter 11 if (i) the reorganization value of the assets of the emerging entity immediately before the date of confirmation is less than the total of all postpetition liabilities and allowed claims, and (ii) the holders of existing voting shares immediately before plan confirmation receive less than 50 percent of the voting shares of the emerging entity.

The Debtor believes that, on the Effective Date, the Debtor shall adopt "fresh-start" reporting in accordance with SOP 90-7. Pursuant to SOP 90-7, all assets and liabilities of the Company shall be restated to reflect their "reorganization value" as of the Effective Date. The Projections reflect that the reorganization value of the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date will be $12,132,162. There can be no assurance that the reorganization values settled upon in consultation with the Reorganized Debtor's auditors will be the same as those represented in the Projections.

E. Future Litigation Risks

Providing medical care entails an inherent risk of professional malpractice and other claims. The Reorganized Debtor will not control or direct the practice of medicine by physicians or health care providers who use its products and does not assume responsibility for compliance with regulatory and other requirements directly applicable to physicians. No assurances can be given that claims, suits, or complaints relating to the use of AutoloGel will not be asserted against the Reorganized Debtor in the future.

The Reorganized Debtor intends to maintain professional and product liability insurance coverage, but no assurances can be given that the coverage limits of this insurance would be adequate to protect the Reorganized Debtor against all potential claims or that such insurance can be obtained.

F. Absence of Dividends on the New Common Stock

The Reorganized Debtor does not anticipate paying any dividends on the New Common Stock in the foreseeable future and will be prohibited from paying dividends on the New Common Stock for as long as shares of New Series A Convertible Preferred or New Series A Convertible Preferred remain outstanding.. Certain institutional investors may only invest in dividend-paying equity securities or may operate under other restrictions which may prohibit or limit their ability to invest in the New Common Stock.



XI.

RESALE OF SECURITIES RECEIVED UNDER THE PLAN

A. Issuance of New Common Stock

Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code exempts the offer and sale of securities under a plan of reorganization from registration under section 5 of the Securities Act and state laws if three principal requirements are satisfied: (1) the securities must be offered and sold under a plan of reorganization and must be securities of the debtor, of an affiliate participating in joint plan with the debtor, or of a successor to the debtor under the plan; (2) the recipients of the securities must hold a prepetition or administrative expense claim against the debtor or an interest in the debtor; and (3) the securities must be issued entirely in exchange for the recipient's claim against or interest in the debtor, or principally in such exchange and partly for cash or property.

The Debtor believes that the offer and sale of the New Common Stock under the Plan to holders of Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtor satisfies the requirements of section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code (except with respect to funds received pursuant to the Private Placement Offering) and that such offer and sale is, therefore, exempt from registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws.

B. Subsequent Transfers of Securities

The New Common Stock to be issued under the Plan pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 1145(a)(1) registration exemption may be freely transferred by most recipients following initial issuance under the Plan, and all resales and subsequent transactions in the New Common Stock so issued are exempt from registration under federal and state securities laws, unless the holder is an "underwriter" with respect to such securities. Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code defines four types of "underwriters":

(1) persons who purchase a claim against, an interest in, or a claim for an administrative expense against the debtor with a view to distributing any security received in exchange for such a claim or interest;

(2) persons who offer to sell securities offered under a plan for the holders of such securities;

(3) persons who offer to buy such securities for the holders of such securities, if the offer to buy is: (A) with a view to distributing such securities; or (B) made under a distribution agreement; and

(4) a person who is an "Issuer" with respect to the securities, as the term "Issuer" is defined in Section 2(11) of the Securities Act.

Under Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, an "Issuer" includes any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by the issuer, or any person under direct or indirect common control of the issuer.

To the extent that Persons who receive New Common Stock pursuant to the Plan are deemed to be "underwriters," resales by such persons would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law. Persons deemed to be underwriters would, however, be permitted to sell such Securities without registration pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These rules permit the public sale of securities received by "underwriters" if current information regarding the issuer is publicly available and if volume limitations and certain other conditions are met.

Whether or not any particular person would be deemed to be an "underwriter" with respect to the New Holding Company Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Plan would depend upon various facts and circumstances applicable to that person. Accordingly, the Debtors express no view as to whether any particular Person receiving New Holding Company Common Stock under the Plan would be an "underwriter" with respect to such securities.

Given the complex and subjective nature of the question of whether a particular holder may be an underwriter, the Debtors make no representation concerning the right of any person to trade in the New Common Stock or other securities. The Debtor recommends that potential recipients of the New Common Stock consult their own counsel concerning whether they may freely trade the New Common Stock and other securities without compliance with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.



XII.

CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF

CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

The following discussion is a summary of certain selected significant federal income tax consequences but not state, local or foreign tax consequences, of the Plan to the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and holders of Claims and Equity Interests. These tax consequences may be affected by such factors as changes in the structure of the Reorganized Debtor from that described herein. The federal income tax consequences to holders may vary significantly depending on the individual circumstances of each holder. Moreover, the federal income tax consequences of certain aspects of the Plan are uncertain because of the lack of applicable legal precedent and the possibility of changes in federal income tax laws. Accordingly, each holder of an allowed claim or equity interest is strongly advised to consult with such holder's own tax advisor regarding the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Plan.

In general, the federal income tax consequences to the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor and to each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest will depend on numerous factors. These factors include but are not limited to the following:

1. The identity and status of the particular holder of the Claim or Equity Interest for federal income tax purposes;

2. The financial status of the holder of the Claim or Equity Interest and of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, including the amount and character of any current tax attributes and tax attribute carryovers or carrybacks of the holder of a Claim or Equity Interest, and/or the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor;

3. The nature (recourse or nonrecourse) and terms of the debt instrument(s) to be restructured including the allocation of payments between principal and accrued but unpaid interest;

4. The accounting method of the holder of the holder of the Claim or Equity Interest;

5. The relationship, if any, between the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and holder of a Claim or Equity Interest;

6. The residency, alienage or place of legal incorporation or formation (foreign or U.S.) of the holder of the Claim or Equity Interest; and

7. The type or method of restructure adopted by the Reorganized Debtor and Claimant or Equity Interest and the timing of such restructure.

The application of the factors to each Claimant will depend on the Claim or Equity Interest holder's individual facts and circumstances. In addition the federal income tax consequences to the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and Claim or Equity Interest holders may depend on events which occur several years after the Plan is implemented.

The Debtor does not have sufficient information to determine all of the specific federal income tax consequences to each of the Claim or Equity Interest holders resulting from the Plan. Accordingly, each such holder is strongly advised to consult with its own tax advisor regarding the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Plan.

No rulings have been or are expected to be requested from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") or any state tax agency concerning any of the tax matters described herein. There can be no assurance that the IRS or any state tax agency will not challenge the positions taken by the Reorganized Debtor with respect to any of the issues addressed herein or that a court of competent jurisdiction would not sustain such a challenge.

A. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors

1. Discharge or Cancellation of Indebtedness of the Debtors

The Debtor will be subject to the cancellation of debt rules and the corresponding tax attribute reduction provisions of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of the debt restructuring required under the Plan. Under the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder, gross income ("GI") of the Debtor will include income from the discharge or cancellation of indebtedness which (a) the Debtor as taxpayer is liable for or encumbers property owned by the Debtor. Although the Debtor should be allowed to avail itself of one or more of the cancellation of debt income ("CODI") exemptions to avoid reporting CODI for federal income tax purposes, the Debtor may be required to reduce certain of their tax attributes, including net operating losses and tax basis of assets.

2. Recognition of Gain or Loss by the Debtor

As noted above, under the terms of the Plan, Allowed Claim or Equity Interest holders may be entitled to foreclose on collateral securing debt owed by the Debtor. In addition, the Debtor will issue new debt instruments to Allowed Claim or Equity Interest holders and New Common Stock will be received by other Claim or Equity Interest holders. One or more of these actions by the Debtor may constitute a taxable exchange or disposition for federal income tax purposes.

Under Internal Revenue Code § 1032, the issuance by the Debtor of shares of its own stock (including treasury stock) for money or other property generally does not give rise to taxable gain (except for potential CODI) or deductible loss to the Debtor regardless of the nature of the transaction or the facts and circumstances involved. Thus, to the extent that the Debtor are treated as issuing their own stock to Claim or Equity Interest holders under the Stock for Debt Exception, the Debtor will not recognize gain or loss.

3. Amount and Utilization of Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Other Federal Income Tax Attributes

Until the financial audit for fiscal year 2001 is completed, the Debtor will not know with certainty the exact amount of net operating loss carryforwards ("NOL") for regular federal income tax purposes that the Debtor has available. The Debtor expects, however, that NOL's could be at least $20 million. Because there is not expected to be a "change in control" of the Debtor under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, it does not believe the Reorganized Debtor will be limited in its application of its NOL's, subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax. The Projections assume full utilization of the Debtor's NOL's and the absence of any alternative minimum tax.

B. Tax Consequences to Holders of Allowed Claims.

The federal income tax consequences with respect to payments of New Common Stock, cash, and/or property to Allowed Claim in partial or full satisfaction of debt, or pursuant to a tax free recapitalization or other restructuring, depend on the allocation of such payments to principal and interest (if any) owed on the debt.

An Allowed Claimant will recognize ordinary income to the extent that any stock, debt securities, other property, or cash received is attributable to interest (including original issue discount) which has accrued while the Claimant held the debt and which the Claimant has not previously included in income. A Claimant will recognize a loss (subject to the loss disallowance provisions of the Internal Revenue Code) to the extent that the interest (including original issue discount) which has accrued while the Claimant held the debt and which the Claimant previously included in income, exceeds the fair market value of stock, debt and cash received by the Claimant which is attributable to such accrued interest (including OID).

In addition, such Claim holder will realize gain on such amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of stock, debt, other property and cash received (excluding amounts attributable to interest as discussed above) over the cost or other tax basis of the debt claims surrendered (excluding any tax basis allocated to accrued interest). The gain may be a capital gain or ordinary gain unless the exchange has the effect of the distribution of a dividend under Internal Revenue Code § 305 (discussed below) in which case gain recognized that is not in excess of earning and profits of the Debtor will be treated as a dividend. A Claimant who receives a dividend may qualify for a dividend received with respect to the dividend.

The rules for taxation of payments to Claim holders which are attributable to other accrued but unpaid income items (e.g., rents, compensation, royalties, dividends, etc.) are similar to the rules described above for payments allocated to interest.

C. Tax Consequences to Holders of Allowed Existing Equity Interests.

Holders of Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 4A and 5 should not recognize gain or loss on the exchange of their Allowed Existing Equity Interests for shares of New Common Stock unless said holders had previously recognized a tax write-off in respect of Existing Equity Interests. Holders of Allowed Existing Equity Interests in Classes 6 and 7 may recognize a loss under certain circumstances depending on whether they had any basis in said Existing Equity Interests.

D. Importance of Obtaining Professional Tax Assistance

The foregoing is intended to be only a summary of selected federal income tax consequences of the Plan, and is not a substitute for careful tax planning with, and receipt of advice from, a tax professional. The federal income tax consequences of the Plan that are described herein and the state, local, and foreign tax consequences of the Plan that are not addressed herein, are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such consequences may also vary based on the individual circumstances of each holder of a Claim. Accordingly, each Claim and Equity Interest holder is strongly urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding the federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of the Plan.

XIII.

RESERVATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS

The information contained in this Disclosure Statement is included for purposes of soliciting acceptances of the Plan, is to be construed as a statement made in settlement negotiations, and may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine how to vote on the Plan. Neither the filing of the Plan or this Disclosure Statement, nor any statement or provision contained therein, nor the taking of any action by the Debtor or a holder of any Claim against or Equity Interest in the Debtor with respect to the Plan or this Disclosure Statement is or shall be deemed to be (i) an admission or a waiver of any rights or defenses of the Debtor, (ii) admissible in any proceeding involving the Debtor (other than the Confirmation Hearing), or (iii) conclusive advice on the tax, securities, or other legal effects of reorganization as to Confirmation Date holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests. If the Confirmation Hearing does not occur, or if the Plan does not become effective, no statement contained herein may be used or relied upon in any manner in any suit, action, proceeding, or controversy against the Debtor, and the Debtor hereby reserves any and all of its rights and defenses against any Person.



XIV.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information regarding the Debtor and certain documents relating to the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, and the Reorganization Case generally has been referred to throughout this Disclosure Statement. Orders of the Bankruptcy Court pertaining to the Reorganization Cases, the Debtor's Schedules of Assets and Liabilities, the Debtor's consolidated Statement of Financial Affairs and monthly operating reports, certain other lists, schedules, and statements that must be Filed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 1007, and any pleadings Filed in the Reorganization Case (including all exhibits thereto) may be inspected for a fee at the website of Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, and may be reviewed and photocopied at the Office of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court, Dirksen Federal Building, 7th Floor, 219 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois during normal business hours.

Additional historical information regarding the Debtor is included in the filings of the Debtor with the Securities and Exchange Commission. All of the Debtor's public filings may be reviewed at the main or certain regional offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission during normal business hours. Copies of the Plan, Disclosure Statement, and various filings with the SEC relating to the Debtor may be obtained from the SEC's EDGAR database at (www.sec.gov/edgarph.htm).

Any statements contained in this Disclosure Statement concerning the terms or provisions of any document, agreement, instrument, or exhibit may not be complete. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to such document, agreement, instrument, or exhibit, which should be reviewed in its entirety for a more complete understanding of its contents.

XV.

RECOMMENDATION AND CONCLUSION

All Creditors and Equity Interest holders in Impaired Classes entitled to vote on the Plan should review the Disclosure Statement before voting to accept or reject the Plan. The Debtor believes that the treatment of Creditors and Equity Interests that are Impaired under and entitled to vote on the Plan contemplates a greater recovery for such Persons than would be available under any alternative plan or in a chapter 7 liquidation. Accordingly, the Debtor believes that confirmation of the Plan is in the best interests of Impaired Creditors and Equity Interest holders entitled to vote on the Plan and recommend that all such Persons vote to accept the Plan.

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

By: /s/Kent Smith

Kent Smith

Its: Chief Executive Officer and President

Dated: March 21, 2002 EX-2 4 appa-02_2.htm APP A TO THE PROPOSED DISCLOSURE STATEMENT TO THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS

EASTERN DIVISION

In re:

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

(f/k/a Autologous Wound Therapy, Inc.)

Debtor.

Taxpayer ID No.: 23-3011702

Chapter 11 Case No. 01 B 27610 Honorable Eugene R. Wedoff







PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

OF CYTOMEDIX, INC.







Steven R. Jakubowski (ARDC NO. 6191960)

Elizabeth E. Richert (ARDC NO. 6275764)

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

77 West Wacker Drive

Suite 4800

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 444-1000

Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Attorneys for the Debtor and Debtor in Possession

DATED: March 21, 2002













TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INTRODUCTION 1

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION 1

A. Definitions 1

B. Rules of Interpretation, Computation of Time, and Choice of Law 13

ARTICLE II. DESIGNATION OF CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS 14

A. Class 1 - Secured Claims (Classes 1A-1E) 14

B. Class 2 - Certain Priority Unsecured Claims 15

C. Class 3 - Certain Unsecured Claims Without Priority 15

D. Class 4 - Existing Preferred Stock Equity Interests (Classes 4A and 4B) 15

E. Class 5 - Existing Common Stock 15

F. Class 6 - Existing Stock Options 16

G. Class 7 - Other Equity Interests, Including Section 510(b) Claims 16

ARTICLE III. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS 16

A. Treatment of Unclassified Claims 16

1. Allowed Administrative Claims 16

a. Generally 16

b. Manner of Distribution of New Common Stock to Converting Holders of Allowed Administrative Claims 16

c. Manner of Distribution of New Common Stock to Converting Holders of Allowed Administrative Claims 17

d. Special Provisions for Distribution of New Common Stock and New Warrants for Converting Holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes 17

2. Allowed Tax Claims 18

B. Treatment of Classified Claims 18

1. Treatment of Allowed Secured Claims (Class 1) 18

a. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1A (12% Senior Notes) 18

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate 18

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock 18

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1A Claims" 19

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative" 19

b. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1B (10% Junior Notes) 19

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate 19

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock 20

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1B Claims" 20

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative" 20

c. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1C (Worden) 20

d. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1D (Curative and Waverly) 21

e. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1E 21

2. Allowed Priority Unsecured Claims of Employees (Class 2) 22

3. Allowed Unsecured Claims (Class 3) 22

a. Option 3A (Distribution of Cash Only) 23

b. Option 3B (Distribution of New Common Stock Only) 23

4. Allowed Preferred Stock Interests (Class 4) 23

a. Class 4A (Existing Series A Preferred Stock) 23

b. Class 4B (Existing Series B Preferred Stock) 24

5. Existing Common Stock (Class 5) 24

6. Existing Stock Options (Class 6) 24

7. Other Equity Interests, Including Section 510(b) Claims (Class 7) 25

ARTICLE IV. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN 25

A. Classes Entitled to Vote 25

B. Acceptance by Impaired Classes 25

C. Presumed Acceptances by Unimpaired Classes 25

D. Classes Deemed to Reject Plan 26

E. Confirmation Pursuant to Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code 26

ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES 26

A. Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 26

1. Assumptions Generally 26

2. Approval of Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 27

3. Objections to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 27

4. Payments Related to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 28

B. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Rejected 28

C. Claims Bar Date for Rejection Damages 29

D. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date 29

ARTICLE VI. MEANS FOR EXECUTION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN 29

A. Corporate Action 29

B. Funding of the Plan 30

C. Management of the Reorganized Debtor 30

D. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes 31

E. Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities, and Other Documentation 31

F. Applicability of Bankruptcy Code Sections 1125 and 1145 to Certain New Securities to Be Issued Under the Plan 32

G. Discharge and Injunction 32

H. Revesting of Property of the Estate and Release of Liens 34

I. Setoffs 35

J. Preservation of Rights of Action 35

ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES REGARDING DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN AND RESOLUTION OF DISPUTED CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS 36

A. Claims Administration Responsibility; The Disbursing Agent 36

B. Objections to Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests 36

C. No Distributions Pending Allowance 36

D. Timing, Calculation, and Manner of Amounts to Be Distributed 37

1. Cash Payments 37

2. Transmittal of Distributions 37

3. Estimation of Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests 37

4. Distributions After Allowance of Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests 37

5. Undeliverable Distributions 38

E. Fractional Securities 38

F. Distribution Record Date 38

G. Withholding and Reporting Requirements 39

ARTICLE VIII. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE 39

A. Conditions Precedent 39

B. Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date 40

ARTICLE IX. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION 41

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 43

A. Amendment and Modification of the Plan 43

B. Withdrawal, Revocation, or Non-Consummation of the Plan 43

C. Successors and Assigns 44

D. Severability of Provisions of the Plan 44

E. Contribution Bar 44

F. Termination of Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies 44

G. Limitation of Liability 45

H. Notices 46

I. Governing Law 46

EXHIBITS

I.A.61 Long Term Incentive Plan for the Reorganized Debtor

I.A.64 Form of New Class A Warrant

I.A.65 Form of New Class B Warrant

I.A.70 Form of New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate

I.A.71 Form of New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate

I.A.91 Restated Bylaws for the Reorganized Debtor

I.A.92(A) Restated Certificate of Incorporation for the Reorganized Debtor

I.A.92(B) Restated Certificate of Designation for the Reorganized Debtor

I.A.100 Short-Selling Bar Representation Irrevocably Made and Deemed Made by All Persons Receiving New Common Stock Under the Plan

I.A.106 Worden Agreements with the Reorganized Debtor

A. Patent License Agreement

B. Substitute Royalty Agreement

C. Mutual Releases

V.A Schedule of Contracts to Be Assumed

V.B Schedule of Contracts to Be Rejected

INTRODUCTION

Cytomedix, Inc., debtor and debtor-in-possession in the above-captioned chapter 11 case, hereby proposes the following plan of reorganization for the resolution of the outstanding Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtor. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section I.A of the Plan.

Under section 1125(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, a vote to accept or reject the Plan cannot be solicited from the holders of Claims or Equity Interests until such time as the Disclosure Statement has been approved by the Bankruptcy Court and distributed to such holders. In this case, the Disclosure Statement was approved by the Bankruptcy Court by order entered on April [ ], 2002, and has been distributed simultaneously with the Plan to all parties whose votes are being solicited. The Disclosure Statement contains, among other things, a discussion of (i) the Debtor's history, business, properties and operations, (ii) financial projections for those operations, (iii) risk factors, (iv) a summary and analysis of the Plan, and (v) certain related matters including, among other things, the securities to be issued under the Plan. All Persons entitled to vote on the Plan are encouraged to read the Plan and the Disclosure Statement in their entirety before voting.

Subject to certain restrictions and requirements set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 3019 and those restrictions on modifications set forth in Sections X.A and X.B of the Plan, the Debtor expressly reserves its rights to alter, amend, modify, revoke or withdraw the Plan one or more times prior to its substantial consummation.



ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION

A. Definitions

In addition to such other terms as are defined elsewhere in the Plan, the following terms (which appear in the Plan or in the Disclosure Statement as capitalized terms) have the following meanings as used in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement, as the case may be. Any term that is not otherwise defined herein, but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, will have the meaning given to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable.

1. "10% Junior Notes" means those certain 10% convertible secured promissory notes with a scheduled maturity date as of the Petition Date of April 15, 2002, together with all other documents and agreements evidencing said indebtedness (including, but not limited to, all promissory notes, security agreements, assignments, and any other agreements entered into or other documents executed in connection therewith, or as an adjunct or supplement thereto, or required thereby).

2. "12% Senior Notes" means those certain 12% convertible secured promissory notes with a scheduled maturity date of April 23, 2005, together with all other documents and agreements evidencing said indebtedness (including, but not limited to, all promissory notes, security agreements, assignments, and any other agreements entered into or other documents executed in connection therewith, or as an adjunct or supplement thereto, or required thereby).

3. "Administrative Bar Date" means the deadline for filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims established by the Bankruptcy Court as May [ ], 2002, pursuant to the Administrative Bar Date Order.

4. "Administrative Bar Date Order" means the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on April [ ], 2002, which established the Administrative Bar Date.

5. "Administrative Claim" means a Claim for payment of an administrative expense of a kind specified in section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and entitled to priority pursuant to section 507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, but not limited to, Postpetition Senior Secured Notes, the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date of preserving the Estate and operating the business of the Debtor (including wages, salaries, or commissions for services rendered after the Petition Date), Professional Claims, and all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28, United States Code.

6. "Administrative Rate" means the exchange of $1.00 of Allowed Claim for one share of New Common Stock.

7. "Affiliate" means any Person that is an "affiliate" of the Debtor within the meaning of Bankruptcy Code section 101(2).

8. "Allowed" means any of the following with respect to a Claim or Equity Interest:

(a) the Claim or Equity Interest has been approved by Final Order or authorized by the Plan;

(b) proof of such Claim or Equity Interest was filed within the applicable period of limitation fixed by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with Rule 3003(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Rules, and either (i) no objection to the allowance thereof has been interposed within the applicable period of limitation fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or a Final Order, or (ii) an objection has been interposed, but such Claim or Equity Interest has been allowed in whole or in part by a Final Order (and if in part, only to the extent so allowed);

(c) no proof thereof was so Filed, but such Claim or Equity Interest has been listed by such Debtor in its Schedules as liquidated in amount and not disputed or contingent;

(d) such Claim or Equity Interest arises from the recovery of property under Bankruptcy Code section 550 or 553 and is allowed in accordance with Bankruptcy Code section 502(h); or

(e) such Claim or Equity Interest is allowed under the Plan.

9. "Avoidance Claims" means Causes of Action arising under sections 502, 510, 541, 542, 544, 545, 547 through 551, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or under similar or related state or federal statutes or common law, regardless of whether litigation has yet been commenced to prosecute such Causes of Action.

10. "Ballot" means each of the ballot forms distributed with the Disclosure Statement to holders of Claims or Equity Interests in Classes that are Impaired under the Plan and entitled to vote in connection with the solicitation of acceptances of the Plan.

11. "Bankruptcy Code" means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended and codified in title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101-1330.

12. "Bankruptcy Court" means the Bankruptcy Court of the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, or such other court as may have jurisdiction over the Reorganization Case.

13. "Bankruptcy Rules" means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the Official Bankruptcy Forms, as amended, the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, as amended, as applicable to the Reorganization Case or proceedings therein, and the Local Rules of the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable to the Reorganization Case or proceedings therein, as the case may be.

14. "Board of Directors" means the board of directors (or any committee thereof which, under applicable law, has the power of such board of directors) of any member of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as the context may indicate.

15. "Business Day" means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or "legal holiday" (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)), on which commercial banks are open for business in New York City.

16. "Cash" means legal tender of the United States of America and equivalents thereof.

17. "Causes of Action" means any and all actions, causes of action, suits, accounts, controversies, agreements, promises, rights to legal remedies, rights to equitable remedies, rights to payment and claims, whether (i) known, unknown, direct, indirect, reduced to judgment, not reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured, or unsecured, and (ii) asserted or assertable directly or derivatively, in law, equity, or otherwise.

18. "Claim" means a claim against the Debtor, whether or not asserted, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

19. "Claims Bar Date" means the deadline for filing proofs of claim established by Bankruptcy Court as February 8, 2002, pursuant to the Claims Bar Date Order and any supplemental bar dates established by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Claims Bar Date Order or other Final Order.

20. "Claims Bar Date Order" means the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on December 18, 2001, which established the Claims Bar Date.

21. "Claims Objection Deadline" means the day that is the later of (a) six months after the Effective Date (unless such day is not a Business Day, in which case the Claims Objection Deadline shall be the next Business Day thereafter), or (b) as to a particular Claim, 60 days after the filing of a proof of claim for, or request for payment of, such Claim, or (c) such later date as may be established by the Bankruptcy Court for cause shown by the Reorganized Debtor.

22. "Class" means a category of holders of Claims or Equity Interests as classified and described in Articles II and III of the Plan.

23. "Class 1A Reimbursement Claims" means the Allowed Claims of Class 1A represented by the attorneys' fees and other unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs of the collateral agent to the holders of Allowed Class 1A Claims.

24. "Class 1B Reimbursement Claims" means the Allowed Claims of Class 1B represented by the attorneys' fees and other unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs of the collateral agent to the holders of Allowed Class 1B Claims.

25. "Collateral" means any property or interest in property of the Estates that is subject to a valid and enforceable lien to secure the payment or performance of a Claim.

26. "Confirmation Date" means the date of entry of the Confirmation Order.

27. "Confirmation Hearing" means the hearing before the Bankruptcy Court held to consider confirmation of the Plan, which hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.

28. "Confirmation Order" means the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan.

29. "Creditor" means any Person that holds a Claim.

30. "Curative" means, collectively, Curative Health Services, Inc., and CHS Services, Inc.

31. "Curative Royalty Agreement" means that certain royalty agreement entered into as of December 26, 2000, between Curative and the Debtor, as amended by a first amendment thereto dated as of April 20, 2001.

32. "Cure" means the distribution of Cash (or such other property as may be agreed upon by the parties or ordered by the Bankruptcy Court) with respect to the assumption or assumption and assignment of an executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, which distribution shall be in an amount equal to all unpaid monetary obligations, without interest, or such other amount as may be agreed upon by the parties under such executory contract or unexpired lease, to the extent such obligations are enforceable under the Bankruptcy Code and applicable law.

33. "Debtor" means Cytomedix, Inc., operating as debtor-in-possession pursuant to Bankruptcy Code sections 1107 and 1108.

34. "Disallowed Claim" means a Claim, or any portion thereof, that--

(a) has been disallowed by a Final Order or by agreement of the Creditor; or

(b) (i) is Scheduled at zero or as contingent, disputed, or unliquidated and (ii) is not the subject of a proof of claim that has been Filed or deemed timely Filed pursuant to the Claims Bar Date Order, the Administrative Bar Date Order, the Bankruptcy Code, or applicable law.

35. "Disbursing Agent" means the Reorganized Debtor or such other Person as may be designated by the Reorganized Debtor to serve as disbursing agent with respect to any or all distributions under the Plan.

36. "Disclosure Statement" means the written disclosure statement that relates to the Plan, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3017, as such disclosure statement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

37. "Disputed Claim" means a Claim, or any portion thereof, that is neither an Allowed Claim nor a Disallowed Claim, and includes, without limitation, a Claim that--

(a) has not been Scheduled by the Debtors or has been Scheduled at zero, or as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed; or

(b) is the subject of an objection that has not been withdrawn or overruled by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.

38. "Disputed Interest" means an Equity Interest, or any portion thereof, that is neither Allowed nor Disallowed, and includes, without limitation, an Equity Interest----

(a) as to which a proof of interest has been Filed or deemed Filed and as to which an objection has been timely Filed that has not been withdrawn or denied by a Final Order; or

(b) as to which (i) the amount of the Equity Interest specified in the Filed proof of interest exceeds the amount of the Equity Interest Scheduled by the Debtor as other than disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, (ii) the priority of the Equity Interest specified in the Filed Proof of Interest is of a more senior priority than the priority of the Interest Scheduled by the Debtor, (iii) the Equity Interest has been Scheduled as disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, or (iv) the Equity Interest has not been Scheduled.

39. "Distribution Record Date" means the Effective Date, which shall be the record date for purposes of making distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests and the last date on which the Disbursing Agent shall recognize assignments of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001(e).

40. "Effective Date" means a Business Day, determined by the Debtor in its sole discretion, that falls within 30 calendar days after all of the conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan set forth in Section VIII.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived.

41. "Equity Interest" means any ownership interest evidenced by any share certificate or other instrument, whether or not transferable or denominated "stock" (including, without limitation, interests denominated as common stock or preferred stock), or similar security, and any warrant or right (other than a right to convert) to purchase or subscribe to any such ownership interest.

42. "Estate" means the bankruptcy estate of the Debtor as created under section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.

43. "Exchange Act" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

44. "Exhibit" means an exhibit annexed to either the Plan or to the Disclosure Statement, as the case may be.

45. "Existing Common Stock" means the issued and outstanding common stock of the Debtor prior to the Effective Date.

46. "Existing Securities" means the 12% Senior Notes, the 10% Junior Notes, the Existing Series A Preferred Stock, the Existing Series B Preferred Stock, the Existing Common Stock, and the Existing Stock Options (including, without limitation, any of said securities that have been authorized but not issued).

47. "Existing Series A Preferred Stock" means those certain Equity Interests designated by the Debtor as of the Petition Date as Series A Preferred Stock.

48. "Existing Series B Preferred Stock" means those certain Equity Interests presently designated by the Debtor as of the Petition Date as Series B Preferred Stock.

49. "Existing Stock Options" means all contractual rights of any Person prior to the Effective Date to purchase or acquire any Equity Interests in the Debtor.

50. "Face Amount" means (a) when used in reference to a Disputed or Disallowed Claim, the full stated amount claimed by the Claim holder in any proof of claim timely filed with the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise deemed timely filed by any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or other applicable bankruptcy law, and (b) when used in reference to an Allowed Claim, the allowed amount of such Claim.

51. "Filed" means filed with the Bankruptcy Court in the Reorganization Case.

52. "Final Order" means an order or judgment, the operation or effect of which has not been stayed, reversed, or amended and as to which order or judgment (or any revision, modification, or amendment thereof) the time to appeal or seek review or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal or petition for review or rehearing was filed or, if filed, remains pending. The possibility that a motion under Rule 59 or Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed with respect to such order shall not prevent the order from being a Final Order.

53. "General Unsecured Claim" means a Claim that is not a Secured Claim, an Administrative Claim, a Priority Tax Claim, a Priority Non-Tax Claim, or an Administrative Convenience Claim.

54. "Impaired" refers to any Claim or Equity Interest that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

55. "Indemnitee" means all former directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives of the Debtor who are entitled to assert Indemnification Rights.

56. "Indemnification Rights" means any obligations or rights of any of the Debtors to indemnify or contribute to the losses, liabilities, or expenses of an Indemnitee pursuant to such Debtor's certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or policy of providing employee indemnification, or applicable state law or specific agreement in respect of any claims, demands, suits, causes of action, or proceedings against an Indemnitee based upon any act or omission related to an Indemnitee's service with, for, or on behalf of the Debtor.

57. "Initial Distribution Date" means the date the New Registration Statement is declared effective.

58. "Insider" means an insider as defined in Bankruptcy Code section 101(31).

59. "Internal Revenue Code" means Title 26 of the United States Code, as now in effect or hereafter amended.

60. "Lien" has the meaning assigned to such term in Bankruptcy Code section 101(37).

61. "Long-Term Incentive Plan" means that certain long-term management incentive plan, described in Section IX.D of the Disclosure Statement and attached as Exhibit I.A.61 to the Plan, which shall become effective on the Effective Date.

62. "Master Service List" means the then-most current service list containing the names and addresses of those Persons receiving notice of all pleadings Filed with the Bankruptcy Court in this Reorganization Case. A copy of the then-current Master Service List is available from Debtor's counsel.

63. "Monthly Distribution Date" means the monthly anniversary date that falls in each succeeding calendar month following the Initial Distribution Date through completion of distributions provided hereunder.

64. "New Class A Warrant" means the warrant to be issued by the Reorganized Debtor, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit I.A.64 to the Plan, providing the holder thereof with the right to purchase one share of New Common Stock for $1.00 at any time commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and expiring on the second anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms thereof.

65. "New Class B Warrant" means the warrant to be issued by the Reorganized Debtor, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit I.A.65 to the Plan, providing the holder thereof with the right to purchase one share of New Common Stock for $1.50 at any time commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and expiring on the third anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms thereof.

66. "New Common Stock" means the new common stock of the Debtor issued on or after the Effective Date.

67. "New Investors" means those Persons (whose identities will be disclosed at the Confirmation Hearing) who invest in the New Common Stock being offered pursuant to the Private Placement Offering.

68. "New Registration Statement" means the filing with the SEC by the Reorganized Debtor after the Effective Date for purposes of registering under the Securities Act the New Common Stock, the New Warrants, and the Warrant Shares to be issued to the New Investors under the Plan and pursuant to the terms of the Private Placement Offering.

69. "New Securities" means, collectively, the New Common Stock, the New Series A Convertible Preferred, the New Series B Convertible Preferred, and the New Warrants.

70. "New Series A Convertible Preferred" means the security to be designated on and after the Effective Date as Series A Convertible Preferred, which security is being issued hereunder to holders of Class 1A Secured Claims. The form of designation of the New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to be issued hereunder to the holders of Class 1A Secured Claims is set forth at Exhibit I.A.70 of the Plan and described generally in Section VIII.B of the Disclosure Statement.

71. "New Series B Convertible Preferred" means the new security to be designated on and after the Effective Date as Series B Convertible Preferred, which security is being issued hereunder to holders of Class 1B Secured Claims. The form of designation of the New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to be issued hereunder to the holders of Class 1B Secured Claims is set forth at Exhibit I.A.71 of the Plan and described generally in Section VIII.C of the Disclosure Statement.

72. "New Warrants" means, collectively, the New Class A Warrants and the New Class B Warrants to be issued under the Plan to New Investors and the holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes.

73. "Order" means a judgment, order, or decree entered by the Bankruptcy Court, regardless of whether subject to appeal or reconsideration, the effect of which has not been stayed.

74. "Order Approving Disclosure Statement and Scheduling Confirmation Hearing" means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, in which, among other things, the Bankruptcy Court (i) approved the solicitation materials and the procedures for distributing such materials, (ii) approved the form and manner of notice of the Confirmation Hearing, (iii) established the Voting Record Date, (iv) approved the forms of Ballots, (v) established the deadline for submitting Ballots on the Plan, (vi) approved the procedures for the tabulation of votes, and (vii) scheduled the Confirmation Hearing for May [ ], 2002 at 10:00 a.m., Central Time.

75. "Person" means any individual, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, association, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, Governmental Unit, unofficial committee, Creditor, Equity Securities holder, or other entity.

76. "Petition Date" means August 7, 2001, the date on which the Debtor filed its petition for relief in the Bankruptcy Court, thereby commencing the Reorganization Case.

77. "Plan" means this chapter 11 plan of reorganization for the Debtor (including all supplements, appendices, and schedules to the Plan), whether in its present form or as the same may be further altered, amended, or modified from time to time.

78. "Plan-Issued Securities" means all New Securities to be issued under the Plan, exclusive of shares of New Common Stock issued pursuant to the Reorganization Bonus and the New Warrants.

79. "Postpetition Senior Secured Notes" means the obligations of the Debtor incurred pursuant to the orders of the Bankruptcy Court entered November 15, 2001 and March 7, 2002 authorizing the Debtor to incur up to $600,000 in senior secured postpetition indebtedness pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 364(d), and all promissory notes, security agreements, and other documents evidencing the same.

80. "Priority Non-Tax Claim" means a Claim of a kind specified in Bankruptcy Code section 507(a) other than an Administrative Claim or Priority Tax Claim.

81. "Priority Tax Claim" means a Claim of a kind entitled to priority and specified in Bankruptcy Code section 507(a)(8).

82. "Private Placement Offering" means that certain private placement offering being conducted by the Debtor in conjunction with the Plan confirmation process whereby the Debtor is offering to sell (net of fees and commissions) at least $1.7 million and no more than $3 million (net) in New Common Stock and New Warrants to New Investors on the same terms and conditions offered to the holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes that elect under Section III.A.1.d to convert their Claims under the Plan. If the requisite minimum funds are committed, the closing of the Private Placement Offering will occur on the Effective Date.

83. "Professional" means a Person employed in the Reorganization Case pursuant to section 327 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

84. "Professional Claim" means an Administrative Claim of a Professional for compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of costs, expenses, or other charges incurred after the Petition Date and up through the Effective Date.

85. "Professional Person" means a person retained or to be compensated pursuant to Bankruptcy Code sections 326, 327, 328, 330, 503(b)(2) and (4), 1103, or 1107(b).

86. "Projections" means the financial projections of the Reorganized Debtor for the period through December 31, 2004 set forth at Appendix B to the Disclosure Statement and discussed generally in Section V of the Disclosure Statement.

87. "Reinstated" means (a) leaving unaltered the legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which a Claim entitles a Creditor so as to leave such Claim unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law that entitles a Creditor holding the Claim to demand or receive accelerated payment of such Claim after a default occurs, (i) curing any such default that occurred before or after the Petition Date (other than a default of a kind specified in Bankruptcy Code section 365(b)(2)), (ii) reinstating the maturity of such Claim as such maturity existed before such default, (iii) compensating such Creditor for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable reliance by the Creditor on such contractual provision or such applicable law, and (iv) not otherwise altering the legal, equitable or contractual rights to which such Claim entitles such Creditor.

88. "Reorganization Bonus" means that certain bonus issuance of securities authorized by the Debtor's board of directors and described in Section IX.C of the Disclosure Statement whereby five percent (5%) of all Plan-Issued Securities shall be distributed in the amounts and manner identified in the Disclosure Statement to certain Persons who served as officers or directors of the Debtor during the Reorganization Case.

89. "Reorganization Case" means the bankruptcy case pending in respect of the above-captioned Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court.

90. "Reorganized Debtor" means the Debtor from and after the Effective Date.

91. "Restated Bylaws" means the restated Bylaws of the Reorganized Debtor that will be effective on the Effective Date, in the form set forth as Exhibit I.A.91 to the Plan and described generally at Section IX.E of the Disclosure Statement.

92.A "Restated Certificate of Incorporation" means the Restated Certificate of Incorporation that will become effective on the Effective Date under the laws of the State of Delaware, in the form set forth as Exhibit I.A.92(A) to the Plan and described generally at Section IX.E of the Disclosure Statement. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation Amended shall include a provision prohibiting the issuance of non-voting equity securities (but only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code).

92.B "Restated Certificate of Incorporation" means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation that will become effective on the Effective Date under the laws of the State of Delaware, in the form set forth as Exhibit I.A.92(B) to the Plan and described generally at Section IX.E of the Disclosure Statement. The Restated Certificate of Designation shall include a provision prohibiting the issuance of non-voting equity securities (but only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code).

93. "Scheduled" means and refers to information set forth in the Schedules.

94. "Schedules" means the schedules of assets and liabilities, the statements of financial affairs, and the list of equity security holders Filed by the Debtor, as such schedules have been or may be further modified, amended, or supplemented from time to time.

95. "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

96. "Section 510(b) Claims" means Claims of the type described in or falling within the meaning of section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

97. "Secured Claim" means a Claim, including interest, attorneys' fees, and charges as determined pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 506(b), that is secured by a Lien on property in which the Estate has an interest, or that is subject to setoff under Bankruptcy Code section 553, to the extent of the value of the Claimant's interest in the Estate's interest in such property, or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to Bankruptcy Code sections 506(a) and, if applicable, 1129(b).

98. "Secured Tax Claim" means a Claim of any taxing authority that is a Secured Claim.

99. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a, et seq., and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as now in effect or hereinafter promulgated.

100. "Short-Selling Bar Representation" means that certain representation, in the form attached as Exhibit I.A.100 to the Plan, that shall be deemed to have been made, as of the Effective Date, by any Person receiving New Securities under the Plan.

101. "Unimpaired" means a Claim or Equity Interest that is not impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

102. "Voting Record Date" means the date and time fixed by the Bankruptcy Court as the record date for determining which holders of Claims or Equity Interests in Impaired Classes eligible to vote on the Plan may vote to accept or reject the Plan. The Voting Record Date is at 4:30 p.m., Central Time, on March 29, 2002.

103. "Warrant Shares" means the shares of New Common Stock that may be purchased through the exercise of the New Warrants.

104. "Waverly" means Waverly Holdings, LLC, an Arkansas Limited Liability Corporation.

105. "Worden" means Mr. Charles E. Worden, Sr.

106. "Worden Agreements" means those certain agreements set forth at Exhibit I.A.106(A) - (C) to the Plan between Worden and the Reorganized Debtor that will become effective on the Effective Date. The Worden Agreements are generally described at Section III.B.4.b of the Disclosure Statement.

B. Rules of Interpretation, Computation of Time, and Choice of Law

For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise provided herein:

1. The provisions of the Plan shall control over any descriptions hereof or inconsistencies contained in the Disclosure Statement. Where the Plan refers to any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan, the provisions of such contract, instrument, or other agreement or document shall control in the case of any inconsistency with the terms of the Plan, and the Plan shall be interpreted to avoid any inconsistencies with the provisions of such contract, instrument, or other agreement or document.

2. Any term used in the Plan that is not defined in the Plan but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be construed in accordance with the rules of construction under, the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be. Without limiting the foregoing, the rules of construction set forth in Bankruptcy Code section 102 shall apply. The definitions and rules of construction contained herein do not apply to the Disclosure Statement or to any of the Exhibits to the Plan except to the extent expressly so stated in the Disclosure Statement or in any Exhibit to the Plan, as the case may be.

3. The words "herein," "hereof," "hereto," "hereunder," and others of similar import refer to the Plan as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Subsection, or clause contained in the Plan.

4. Unless specified otherwise in a particular reference, all references in the Plan to Articles, Sections, and Exhibits are references to Articles, Sections, and Exhibits of or to the Plan.

5. Any reference in the Plan to an existing document or Exhibit means such document or Exhibit as it may have been amended, restated, modified, or supplemented as of the Effective Date.

6. Captions and headings to Articles and Sections in the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall neither constitute a part of the Plan nor in any way affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

7. Whenever from the context it is appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include both the singular and the plural.

8. In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.

9. All Exhibits to the Plan are incorporated into the Plan, and shall be deemed to be included in the Plan, regardless of when Filed.

10. Subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate, bylaw, instrument, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, or any mandatory provision of law applicable thereto, the rights and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the federal law of the United States, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules.

ARTICLE II.

DESIGNATION OF CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

The following is the designation of the Classes of Claims and Equity Interests under the Plan. Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, and Secured Tax Claims have not been classified and are excluded from the following Classes in accordance with Bankruptcy Code section 1123(a)(1). The treatment of these unclassified Claims is contained in Article III of the Plan. A Claim or Equity Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Equity Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in a different Class to the extent any remainder of the Claim or Equity Interest qualifies within the description of such different Class. A Claim or Equity Interest is in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Equity Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied before the Effective Date or such other date as determined by the applicable Debtor in its sole discretion.

A. Class 1 - Secured Claims (Classes 1A-1E)

Class 1 is comprised of the following Classes 1A through 1E:

1. Class 1A - Holders of 12% Senior Notes: Class 1A is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of the holders of the 12% Senior Notes. Claims in Class 1A are Impaired under the Plan.

2. Class 1B - Holders of 10% Junior Notes: Class 1B is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of the holders of the 10% Junior Notes. Claims in Class 1B are Impaired under the Plan.

3. Class 1C - Secured Claims of Worden: Class 1C is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of Worden. Claims in Class 1C are Impaired under the Plan.

4. Class 1D - Secured Claims of Curative and Waverly: Class 1D is comprised of the Allowed Secured Claims of Curative and Waverly arising under the Curative Royalty Agreement. Claims in Class 1D are Unimpaired under the Plan.

5. Class 1E (Other): Class 1E is comprised of Allowed Secured Claims against the Debtor that are not included in any of Classes 1A through 1D of the Plan (excluding Secured Tax Claims). Each Allowed Secured Claim in Class 1E will be considered to be in its own separate subclass within Class 1E, and each such subclass shall be deemed to be a separate Class for purposes of the Plan. Claims in Class 1E are Impaired under the Plan.

B. Class 2 - Certain Priority Unsecured Claims

Class 2 is comprised of the Allowed Claims of employees against the Debtor that are specified as having priority in Bankruptcy Code sections 507(a)(3) or 507(a)(4), not to exceed $4,650 per Person. Such Claims include certain Claims against the Reorganized Debtor by its employees for unpaid prepetition wages, salaries, or commissions. Claims in Class 2 are Unimpaired under the Plan.

C. Class 3 - Certain Unsecured Claims Without Priority

Class 3 is comprised of the Allowed Claims of the Debtor that are not cured, paid, released, or waived pursuant to the Plan, assumed by the Reorganized Debtor pursuant to the Plan or agreements incorporated in the Plan, or classified in any other Class of Claims. Class 3 Claims include, without limitation, (i) Claims for goods sold and services rendered, (ii) Claims for monies lent, (iii) Claims based upon guarantees of performance or payment of the obligations or duties of any Person, (iv) Claims for contribution, reimbursement, or indemnity (excluding Claims for Indemnification Rights), (v) Claims for fines, penalties, or assessments, (vi) Claims for tort liability, (vii) Claims arising from the rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases, and (viii) Claims arising for environmental or bio-hazardous remediation at locations that are not included in the assets vesting in the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date.

D. Class 4 - Existing Preferred Stock Equity Interests (Classes 4A and 4B)

Class 4A is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the Existing Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Date.

Class 4B is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the Existing Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Date.

E. Class 5 - Existing Common Stock

Class 5 is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the Existing Common Stock.

F. Class 6 - Existing Stock Options

Class 6 is comprised of all Allowed Equity Interests represented by the Existing Stock Options.

G. Class 7 - Other Equity Interests, Including Section 510(b) Claims

Class 7 is comprised of all other Allowed Claims or Equity Interests in the Debtor, including Allowed Section 510(b) Claims, any Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of agreements granting Existing Stock Options (to the extent, if any, that they constitute executory contracts), and any Claims based upon Indemnification Rights.



ARTICLE III.

TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

A. Treatment of Unclassified Claims

1. Allowed Administrative Claims

a. Generally. Each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim that has not been satisfied during the Reorganization Case will receive, on account of and in full satisfaction of such Allowed Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the Allowed amount of such Claim on the latest of (i) the Effective Date, (ii) if disputed (or in the case of a Professional Claim not yet Allowed), upon entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court Allowing such Claim, and (iii) the date on which the Allowed Administrative Claim becomes due and payable in the ordinary course.

In lieu of receiving Cash on account of its Allowed Administrative Claim, if agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (or such holder's successors or assigns) may elect in writing on or before the Effective Date (or if disputed or not yet Allowed, within three business days after becoming Allowed) to exchange its Allowed Administrative Claim for shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. If any holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim against the Debtor fails to make such election in a timely manner, such holder's right to make such election shall terminate, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion.

b. Manner of Distribution of New Common Stock to Converting Holders of Allowed Administrative Claims. Except with regards to distributions of New Common Stock to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes, as hereinafter provided, the New Common Stock to be issued to holders of Allowed Administrative Claims electing conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said holders shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

c. Manner of Distribution of New Common Stock to Converting Holders of Allowed Administrative Claims. Except with regards to distributions of New Common Stock to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes, the New Common Stock to be issued to holders of Allowed Administrative Claims electing conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said holders shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

d. Special Provisions for Distribution of New Common Stock and New Warrants for Converting Holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes. Holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes that elect to convert their Allowed Administrative Claim at the Administrative Rate shall receive, in addition to shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate, (A) one (1) New Class A Warrant for each four (4) shares of New Common Stock received pursuant to said conversion and (B) three (3) New Class B Warrants for each twenty shares (20) of New Common Stock received pursuant to said conversion.

The New Common Stock to be issued to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes shall be distributed to such holders on the Effective Date, but shall be subject to customary lock-up provisions agreed to at the time of issuance that (i) prohibit the sale of such shares until the date the New Registration Statement is declared effective (i.e., the Initial Distribution Date) and (ii) thereafter the lock-up restrictions shall not apply to ten percent (10%) of the shares of New Common Stock so received, cumulatively applied, on each of the Initial Distribution Date and the next succeeding nine (9) Monthly Distribution Dates.

The New Warrants to be issued to holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes shall be distributed in ten (10) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding nine (9) Monthly Distribution Dates.

Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

2. Allowed Tax Claims

Each holder of an Allowed Tax Claim shall receive deferred cash payments over a period not exceeding six years from the date of assessment of such Allowed Tax Claim, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Tax Claim, plus interest from the Effective Date on the unpaid portion thereof, without penalty of any kind, at a rate of four percent (4%) per annum. The payment of each such Allowed Tax Claim shall be made in equal semi-annual installments, with the first installment due on the latest of (i) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date, (ii) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the date on which an order Allowing such Tax Claim becomes a Final Order, and (iii) such other time or times as may be agreed with the holder of such Allowed Tax Claim. Each installment shall include simple interest on the unpaid balance of the Allowed Tax Claim, without penalty of any kind. In exchange for the treatment provided herein, all Liens securing an Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall be deemed discharged and released as of the Effective Date.

B. Treatment of Classified Claims

The following sets forth the treatment of classified claims under the Plan:

1. Treatment of Allowed Secured Claims (Class 1)

a. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1A (12% Senior Notes). Claims in Class 1A are Impaired under the Plan. The treatment of these Secured Claims shall be as follows:

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. On the Effective Date, a minimum of 25% of each holder's Allowed Class 1A Claim (and, at the election of such holder, up to 50% of its Allowed Class 1A Claim) shall be converted into shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. The right of said holder to elect to convert more than 25% of its Allowed Class 1A Claims into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate shall terminate on the Effective Date (unless otherwise agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion).

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. On the Effective Date, all remaining Allowed Class 1A Claims (except Class 1A Reimbursement Claims) not converted to shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate (as provided in Section III.B.1.a.(1) of the Plan) shall be converted to New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at a rate of one (1) share of New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for each one dollar ($1.00) of said remaining Allowed Class 1A Claim. The New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be distributed to such holders of remaining Allowed Class 1A Claims on the Initial Distribution Date. The New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be issued on the Initial Distribution Date.

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1A Claims". If Class 1A votes to accept the Plan, all Causes of Action of the Debtor or the Estate against any holder on the Effective Date of an Allowed Class 1A Claim (including any of their representatives, collateral agents, or trustees) shall be fully, finally, and forever released, relinquished, and discharged; provided, however, that in no event shall said release apply to Causes of Action asserted in any Avoidance Action brought on or before the Effective Date against a Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant (as defined in Section III.B.1.d of the Plan).

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative". If Class 1A votes to accept the Plan, that acceptance shall also constitute the express affirmation by Class 1A that it consents to the surrender of rights of recovery to which it is entitled to the junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 3, 4A, and 5, who otherwise would not be entitled to any recoveries absent Class 1A's surrender of its recovery rights.

b. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1B (10% Junior Notes). Claims in Class 1B are Impaired under the Plan. The treatment of these Secured Claims shall be as follows:

(1) Partial Conversion into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. On the Effective Date, a minimum of 25% of each holder's Allowed Class 1B Claim (and, at the election of such holder, up to 50% of its Allowed Class 1B Claim) shall be converted into shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate. The right of said holder to elect to convert more than 25% of its Allowed Class 1B Claims into New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate shall terminate on the Effective Date (unless otherwise agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion). Class 1B Reimbursement Claims shall be converted into shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate.

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

(2) Partial Conversion into New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. On the Effective Date, all remaining Allowed Class 1B Claims not converted to shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate (as provided in Section III.B.1.b.(1) of the Plan) shall be converted to New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at a rate of one (1) share of New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for each one dollar ($1.00) of said remaining Allowed Class 1B Claim. The New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be distributed to such holders of remaining Allowed Class 1B Claims on the Initial Distribution Date.

(3) Release of All Causes of Action Against Certain Holders of Class 1B Claims". If Class 1B votes to accept the Plan, all Causes of Action of the Debtor or the Estate against any holder on the Effective Date of an Allowed Class 1B Claim (including any of their representatives, collateral agents, or trustees) shall be fully, finally, and forever released, relinquished, and discharged; provided, however, that in no event shall said release apply to Causes of Action asserted in any Avoidance Action brought on or before the Effective Date against a Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant (as defined in Section III.B.1.d of the Plan).

(4) Effect of Acceptance of the Plan by Class 1A: the "Cramdown Alternative". If Class 1B votes to accept the Plan, that acceptance shall also constitute the express affirmation by Class 1B that it consents to the surrender of rights of recovery to which it is entitled to the junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 3, 4A, and 5, who otherwise would not be entitled to any recoveries absent Class 1B's surrender of its recovery rights.

c. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1C (Worden). Claims in Class 1C are Impaired under the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 1C Claim shall receive New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate in full and complete satisfaction of such holder's Allowed Class 1C Claim. In addition, the Worden Agreements shall become effective by their terms on the Effective Date.

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing over the next succeeding eleven (11) Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

If Class 1C votes to accept the Plan, that acceptance shall also constitute the express affirmation by Class 1C that it consents to the surrender of rights of recovery to which it is entitled to the junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 3, 4A, and 5, who otherwise would not be entitled to any recoveries absent Class 1C's surrender of its recovery rights.

d. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1D (Curative and Waverly). Claims in Class 1D are Unimpaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 1D Claim shall receive Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Allowed Amount of its Class 1D Claim; provided, however, that the Debtor shall, in lieu of releasing such funds on the Effective Date to a holder of an Allowed Class 1D Claim who is also a defendant in any Avoidance Action Filed against said holder on or before the Effective Date (a "Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant"), establish a separate interest bearing escrow account (the "Class 1D Escrow") in respect any funds payable to such Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant. Such escrowed funds shall only be released pursuant to Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (which Order shall not be entered except (i) upon notice to counsel for the Debtor and the Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant and (ii) after entry of Final Orders in respect of each Avoidance Action count asserted against said defendant).

Except as otherwise provided herein, from and after the Effective Date, all rights under the Curative Royalty Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, and the legal, equitable, and contractual rights arising thereunder shall be unaltered (including the retention of all prepetition Liens granted under the Curative Royalty Agreement); provided, however, that the Debtor shall, in lieu of releasing such post-Effective Date royalties to a Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant, place such accruing royalties in the Class 1D Escrow. Said escrowed funds shall not be released from escrow until entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (which shall not occur until after entry of Final Orders in respect of all Avoidance Actions asserted. Such escrowed funds shall only be released pursuant to Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court (which Order shall not be entered except (i) upon notice to counsel for the Debtor and the Class 1D Avoidance Action Defendant and (ii) after entry of Final Orders in respect of each Avoidance Action count asserted against said defendant).

e. Allowed Secured Claims in Class 1E. Claims in Class 1E are Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Class 1E Secured Claims shall receive no distributions from the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor and all such Claims and all related Liens, mortgages, deeds of trust, encumbrances, and charges against the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, or any of their properties, by Holders of any such Claims shall be fully and completely discharged, released, and extinguished.

2. Allowed Priority Unsecured Claims of Employees (Class 2)

Class 2 is comprised of the Allowed Claims of employees against the Debtor that are specified as having priority in Bankruptcy Code sections 507(a)(3) or 507(a)(4), not to exceed $4,650 per Person. Such Claims include certain Claims against the Reorganized Debtor by its employees for unpaid prepetition wages, salaries, or commissions. Claims in Class 2 are Unimpaired under the Plan. The Debtor estimates total Allowed Class 2 Claims as of the Effective Date at approximately $110,949.

Claims in Class 2 are Unimpaired under the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Priority Claim shall receive deferred cash payments over a period of six years from the Effective Date, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Allowed Class 2 Claim, plus interest at four percent (4%) per annum from the Effective Date on the unpaid portion thereof, without penalty. The payments thereon shall be made in equal quarterly installments, with the first installment due on the latest of (i) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the Effective Date, (ii) the first business day following the end of the first full fiscal quarter following the date on which an order Allowing such Class 2 Claim becomes a Final Order, and (iii) such other time or times as may be agreed with the holder of such Allowed Class 2 Claim. Each installment shall include simple interest on the unpaid balance of the Allowed Class 2 Claim, without penalty of any kind. Allowed Class 2 Claims may be prepaid at any time on or after the Effective Date without penalty.

In lieu of receiving Cash on account of its Allowed Class 2 Claim, if agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion, each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim (or its successors or assigns) may elect in writing before or after the Effective Date to exchange each $1.00 of its Allowed Class 2 Claim into shares of New Common Stock at such rate as is agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion. If any holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim against the Debtor fails to make such election in a timely manner, such holder's right to make such election shall terminate, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Reorganized Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion.

The New Common Stock to be issued as a result of said conversion shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing on each of the eleven (11) succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

3. Allowed Unsecured Claims (Class 3)

Class 3 is Impaired under the Plan. If the holders of Allowed Claims in Class 3 do not accept the Plan, then the Debtor shall seek confirmation of the Plan with regard to Class 3 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

NOTE TO HOLDERS OF ALLOWED CLASS 3 CLAIMS AGGREGATING IN EXCESS OF $1,000: Any holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim aggregating in excess of $1,000.00 shall be treated under Option 3B (described below) in respect of all such Claims if it fails to make a timely election on the Ballot for treatment under Option 3A. Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating in excess of $1,000.00 that desire treatment under Option 3A (described below) must make such election on the Class 3 Ballot for accepting or rejecting the plan and return such Ballot by the Voting Record Date. The making of such election under Option 3A by a holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim in excess of $1,000.00 in aggregate shall be deemed to constitute such Creditor's consent to treatment of all such Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3A.

NOTE TO HOLDERS OF ALLOWED CLASS 3 CLAIMS AGGREGATING LESS THAN $1,000: Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating less than $1,000.00 shall be treated under Option 3A in respect of such Claims and may not elect treatment of such Claims under Option 3B.

a. Option 3A (Distribution of Cash Only). The Reorganized Debtor shall pay to holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3A a sum of Cash equal to twelve percent (12%) of such Allowed Class 3 Claim according to the following distribution schedule: one-third shall be paid on the Initial Distribution Date; one-third on the sixth month anniversary of the Initial Distribution Date; and one-third on the first anniversary of the Initial Distribution Date.

Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating in excess of $1,000.00 that desire treatment under Option 3A must make such election on the Ballot for accepting or rejecting the Plan and return such Ballot by the Voting Record Date.

b. Option 3B (Distribution of New Common Stock Only). The holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3B shall receive one share for each $5.00 of Allowed Class 3 Claims under Option 3B, with the New Common Stock to be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing on each of the eleven (11) succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

Holders of Allowed Class 3 Claims aggregating less than $1,000.00 shall be treated under Option 3A in respect of such Claims and may not elect treatment of such Claims under Option 3B.

4. Allowed Preferred Stock Interests (Class 4)

a. Class 4A (Existing Series A Preferred Stock). Class 4A is Impaired under the Plan. If the holders of Allowed Class 4A Equity Interests do not accept the Plan, then the Debtor shall seek confirmation of the Plan with regard to Class 4A under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

At such time, if at all, that the Reorganized Debtor shall have attained aggregate gross revenues for four consecutive fiscal quarters of not less than $10 million (the "Series A Preferred Revenue Precondition"), holders of Allowed Class 4A Equity Interests shall receive one (1) share of New Common Stock for every five (5) shares of Existing Series A Preferred Stock held as of the Effective Date.

The New Common Stock to be issued hereunder shall be distributed in twelve equal monthly installments commencing on the ninetieth (90th) day following satisfaction of the Series A Preferred Revenue Precondition and continuing on each of the succeeding eleven (11) monthly anniversaries that follow said initial distribution. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

b. Class 4B (Existing Series B Preferred Stock). Class 4B is Unimpaired under the Plan. All holders of Allowed Class 4B Equity Interests shall be redeemed in Cash by the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date at the stipulated liquidation preference of $0.0001 per share.

5. Existing Common Stock (Class 5)

Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. If the holders of Allowed Class 5 Existing Common Stock do not accept the Plan, then the Debtor shall seek confirmation of the Plan with regard to Class 5 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

Holders of Allowed Class 5 Existing Common Stock shall receive one share of New Common Stock for every five (5) shares of Existing Common Stock. The New Common Stock to be issued hereunder shall be distributed in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the Initial Distribution Date and continuing on each of the eleven (11) succeeding Monthly Distribution Dates. Upon receipt of shares of New Common Stock as provided hereunder, said recipient shall be deemed to have affirmatively covenanted to the Short-Selling Bar Representation and to be bound by its terms.

6. Existing Stock Options (Class 6)

Class 6 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Class 6 Existing Stock Options shall receive or retain no property or distributions on account of such Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests. The Debtor is not soliciting the votes of Class 6 and shall seek confirmation of the Plan with respect to Class 6 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).

7. Other Equity Interests, Including Section 510(b) Claims (Class 7)

Class 7 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Class 7 Claims and Equity Interests, if any, shall receive or retain no property or distributions on account of such Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests. The Debtor is not soliciting the votes of Class 7 and shall seek confirmation of the Plan with respect to Class 7 under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).



ARTICLE IV.

ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN

A. Classes Entitled to Vote

Each holder of a Claim in Classes 1A through 1D, Class 2, and Class 3 and each holder of an Equity Interest in Class 4A and Class 5 is entitled to vote either to accept or to reject the Plan. Only those votes cast by holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests shall be counted in determining whether acceptances have been received sufficient in number and amount to confirm the Plan. Each Claim or Equity Interest entitled to vote on the Plan shall be deemed to be "Allowed" for voting purposes only unless (i) such Claim or Equity Interest is a Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest, or (ii) prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtor has Filed with the Bankruptcy Court an objection to any such Claim or Equity Interest for voting purposes. Once cast, a ballot may not be revoked or changed without the consent of the Debtor, in its sole and absolute discretion.

B. Acceptance by Impaired Classes

In accordance with section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as provided in section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, an Impaired Class of Claims shall have accepted the Plan if the Plan is accepted by the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) in dollar amount and more than one-half (1/2) in number of the Allowed Claims of such Class that have timely and properly voted to accept or reject the Plan.

In accordance with section 1126(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as provided in section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, an Impaired Class of Equity Interests shall have accepted the Plan if the Plan is accepted by the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) in amount of the Allowed Equity Interests of such Class that have timely and properly voted to accept or reject the Plan.

C. Presumed Acceptances by Unimpaired Classes

Class 4B is Unimpaired under the Plan. Under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, holders of Equity Interests in Class 4B are conclusively presumed to accept the Plan, and the votes of such Equity Interest holders will not be solicited.

D. Classes Deemed to Reject Plan

Holders of Claims classified in Class 1E and holders of Equity Interests classified in Class 6 and Class 7 are not entitled to receive or retain any property under the Plan. Under section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, such holders are deemed to reject the Plan and their votes will not be solicited.

E. Confirmation Pursuant to Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

The Plan incorporates the cramdown provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in that, among other things, if each of Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C votes to accept the Plan, that acceptance shall also constitute the express affirmation by each of those Classes that it consents to the surrender of rights of recovery to which it is entitled to the junior Classes of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests in Classes 3, 4A, and 5, who otherwise would not be entitled to any recoveries absent the surrender by Classes 1A, 1B, and 1C of their recovery rights.

In the event any Impaired Class does not accept the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Bankruptcy Code section 1126, the Debtor reserves the right to request that the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan in accordance with Bankruptcy Code section 1129(b).



ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

A. Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

1. Assumptions Generally

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, in any Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document incorporated into the Plan or entered into in connection with the Plan or the Reorganization Case, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365, each of the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts attached as Exhibit V.A to the Plan and incorporated in the Plan by this reference shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date on the specific terms and conditions as set forth in Exhibit V.A to the Plan, subject to the same rights as the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor held or hold at, on, or after the Petition Date to modify or terminate such agreements under applicable nonbankruptcy law. Each contract and lease listed on Exhibit V.A to the Plan shall be assumed only to the extent, if any, that it constitutes an executory contract or unexpired lease, and the listing of such contract or lease on Exhibit V.A to the Plan shall not constitute an admission by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor that such contract or lease is an executory contract or unexpired lease or that any of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. The Debtor may amend the list of assumed executory contracts and unexpired leases on Exhibit V.A to the Plan at any time up to sixty (60) days following the Effective Date with appropriate notice to the affected party or parties and the Persons on the Master Service List.

Each executory contract and unexpired lease assumed pursuant to this Article V by the Reorganized Debtor shall be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as modified by the provisions of the Plan, any Order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption, or applicable federal law. To the extent that the Bankruptcy Court, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, determines, either before, on, or after the Effective Date, that any agreement in the form of a lease of real or personal property previously assumed or assumed pursuant to the Plan, is, in fact, a disguised secured transaction, the resulting secured indebtedness arising from such determination shall be treated in accordance with Class 1E of the Plan. Any resulting deficiency Claim shall be afforded treatment as a Class 3 Claim, subject to general equitable principles and the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

2. Approval of Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365, approving the assumption as of the Effective Date of the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed on Exhibit V.A to the Plan. To the extent that assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease on Exhibit V.A to the Plan is conditioned on the modifications specified in Exhibit V.A to the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365 approving the assumption as of the Effective Date of said executory contract or unexpired lease as modified pursuant to the terms specified in Exhibit V.A to the Plan.

3. Objections to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

To the extent any party to an executory contract or unexpired lease identified for assumption asserts arrears or damages pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365(b)(1) in an amount different from the amount set forth on Exhibit V.A to the Plan, or has any objection to the proposed adequate assurance of future performance or the proposed assumption and cure regarding the executory contracts or unexpired leases on the terms and conditions provided for in the Plan, all such asserted arrears and any other objections shall be filed and served within the same deadline and in the same manner established for filing objections to Confirmation.

Failure to assert any arrearage different in amount from the applicable amount set forth on Exhibit V.A to the Plan, or to File an objection within the time period set forth above, shall constitute consent to the assumption and Cure on the terms provided for in the Plan and Exhibit V.A to the Plan, including acknowledgment that (i) the proposed assumption provides adequate assurance of future performance, (ii) the amount identified for "cure" is the amount necessary to compensate for any and all outstanding defaults under the respective executory contract or unexpired lease to be assumed, (iii) no other defaults exist under such executory contract or unexpired lease, and (iv) to the extent Exhibit V.A to the Plan calls for assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease as modified, the party or parties thereto have no objection and irrevocably consent to the assumption of said executory contract or unexpired lease as so modified.

If an objection is Filed to assumption based upon lack of adequate assurance of future performance or otherwise, and the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Reorganized Debtor shall not assume the executory contract or unexpired lease, then the executory contract or unexpired lease in question shall automatically thereupon be deemed to have been included on Exhibit V.B to the Plan and rejected pursuant to Section V.B of the Plan.

4. Payments Related to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

Any monetary defaults under each executory contract and unexpired lease to be assumed under the Plan shall be satisfied, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365(b)(1), by payment of the default amount in Cash within 120 days following the Effective Date, unless otherwise provided on Exhibit V.A to the Plan or otherwise agreed to by the parties to such executory contract or unexpired lease. In the event of a dispute regarding (i) the amount of any Cure payment, (ii) the ability of the Reorganized Debtor to provide adequate assurance of future performance under the contract or lease to be assumed, or (iii) any other matter pertaining to assumption, the Cure payments required by Bankruptcy Code section 365(b)(1) shall be made following entry of a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court resolving the dispute and approving assumption.

B. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Rejected

As of the Confirmation Date, each executory contract or unexpired lease of the Debtor that has not been previously assumed pursuant to Order of the Bankruptcy Court and is not assumed under Section V.A of the Plan (including, without limitation, the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Contracts attached as Exhibit V.B to the Plan, all agreements pursuant to which Existing Stock Options were granted, all Existing Stock Options, and all Equity Interests or rights to acquire any Equity Interests) shall be rejected effective on the Effective Date to the extent, if any, that any of the foregoing constitute executory contracts or unexpired leases; provided, however, that in so doing, the Debtor is not conceding that they constitute executory contracts or unexpired leases or that the Debtor has any liability thereunder.

The Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejections, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 365, as of the Effective Date. Any party to executory contract or unexpired lease identified for rejection in the Plan shall, within the same deadline and in the same manner established for Filing objections to confirmation, File any objection to such rejection. Failure to File any such objection within the time period set forth above shall constitute consent to the rejection. The Debtor may amend the list of rejected executory contracts and unexpired leases on Exhibit V.B to the Plan at any time up to ninety (90) days following the Effective Date with appropriate notice to the affected party or parties and the Persons on the Master Service List.

C. Claims Bar Date for Rejection Damages

If the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to Section V.B of the Plan gives rise to a Claim by the other party or parties to such contract or lease, such Claim, to the extent that it is timely Filed and is an Allowed Claim, shall be classified in Class 3, Class 6, or Class 7; provided, however, that any Claim arising from rejection shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or their successors or properties, unless a proof of Claim is Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtor within thirty (30) days after the date of notice of the entry of the Confirmation Order (or, if Exhibit V.B to the Plan is amended on or after the Confirmation Date, within thirty (30) days after the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor serves notice of such amendment to the affected party or parties thereto).

D. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by the Debtor, including any executory contracts and unexpired leases assumed by the Debtor, will be performed by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed executory contracts and unexpired leases) will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.



ARTICLE VI.

MEANS FOR EXECUTION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

A. Corporate Action

The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing (without the need for any further action by the Bankruptcy Court or any officers, directors, or shareholders of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor) the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor to take all actions necessary or appropriate to complete, enter into, implement, and consummate the contracts, instruments, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or to be executed and delivered pursuant to the Plan before, on, or after the Effective Date (including, without limitation, effecting any change of name of the Reorganized Debtor, adopting the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Restated Bylaws, and the Restated Certificate of Designation, adopting the Long-Term Incentive Plan, selecting the initial directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtor, removing any directors or officers of the Reorganized Debtor, distributing Cash, issuing New Securities, paying the Reorganization Bonus, implementing the Worden Agreements, and implementing such other matters provided for under or contemplated by the Plan involving the corporate affairs or structure of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor and the corporate action to be taken or required by Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor).

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall further constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and granting attorney-in-fact powers to the Debtor's chief executive officer to file or cause to be filed such termination statements, releases, or such other documentation with any applicable public agency deemed necessary in his sole discretion to effect releases authorized by the Plan of Liens, mortgages, claims, and encumbrances against the Reorganized Debtor and its properties.

B. Funding of the Plan

Cash payments required by the Plan shall be provided from the funds of the Estate, from funds generated by operation of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor's business, and from the fresh capital raised through the Private Placement Offering. These funds are designated to be escrowed prior to the Confirmation Date and turned over to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date upon satisfaction of the other conditions precedent to Confirmation set forth in Article VIII of the Plan.

In the Private Placement Offering being conducted by the Debtor in conjunction with the Confirmation, the Debtor is offering to sell (net of fees and commissions) at least $1.7 million and no more than $3 million (net) in New Common Stock and New Warrants to New Investors on the same terms and conditions offered to the holders of Postpetition Senior Secured Notes that elect under Section III.A.1.d to convert their Claims under the Plan into shares of New Common Stock and New Warrants. If the requisite minimum funds are committed, the closing of the Private Placement Offering will occur on the Effective Date.

C. Management of the Reorganized Debtor

Appendix E to the Disclosure Statement designates certain individuals who shall serve initially as the directors and the executive officers of the Reorganized Debtor commencing on the Effective Date. This list may be amended any time prior to the Effective Date upon notice to the Persons listed on the Master Service List. Subject to Bankruptcy Court approval under Bankruptcy Code section 1129(a)(5), those Persons so designated shall be authorized to assume their offices on or before the Effective Date and shall be authorized to continue to serve in such capacities thereafter without the need for any further action by the Bankruptcy Court or any officers, directors, or shareholders of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor. Each such director and officer will serve from and after the Effective Date until his or her successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, or removal in accordance with the terms of the certificates of incorporation and bylaws or similar constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtor and applicable state law.

D. Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes

Pursuant to section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers from the Debtor to the Reorganized Debtor or otherwise pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, stamp act, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and the Confirmation Order shall direct the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents to forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and to accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

E. Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities, and Other Documentation

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all instruments, securities, and other documentation or agreements representing or giving rise to Claims against or Equity Interests in the Debtor (including any rights to acquire Equity Interests in the Debtor) shall be deemed canceled and of no further force or effect, without any further action on the part of the Bankruptcy Court or any Person. Further, on the Effective Date, all outstanding Existing Equity Interests shall be canceled on the books of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor and become settled and compromised solely as provided in the Plan and, with respect to the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, in consideration of the right to participate in distributions provided by the Plan. The holders of such canceled instruments, securities, and other documentation shall have no rights arising from or relating to such instruments, securities, or other documentation.

Except to the extent, if any, otherwise provided in the Plan, agreements entered into in connection herewith, and the Confirmation Order, as a condition to participation under the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest classified in Classes 1A, 1B, 4, and 5 shall surrender Existing Securities representing said holder's Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest as a precondition to receiving a distribution under the Plan on account of said Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest. Any such holder that fails to surrender said instruments or Existing Securities (or be deemed to have so surrendered said instruments or securities) within one year after the Effective Date will have its right to distributions pursuant to the Plan on account of such instruments or securities discharged and will be forever barred from asserting any such Claim or Equity Interest against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or their respective properties. In such case, any distributions reserved for such holder shall be treated pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section VII.D.5 of the Plan.

Unless waived by the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, any Person seeking the benefits of being a holder of Existing Securities who is unable to surrender the necessary instrument shall supply, if required by the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, an indemnity bond acceptable to the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent, which indemnity bond shall hold harmless the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and the Disbursing Agent from any damages, liabilities, or costs incurred in treating such Person as the record holder of such Existing Securities, together with appropriate evidence satisfactory to the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent of the destruction, loss, or theft of such instrument. Once accepted, such Person shall be treated as the record holder of such Existing Securities for purposes of the Plan.

F. Applicability of Bankruptcy Code Sections 1125 and 1145 to Certain New Securities to Be Issued Under the Plan

The protection afforded by Bankruptcy Code section 1125 with regard to the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan and with regard to the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the replacement notes, New Common Stock, New Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or New Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued and distributed to the holders of Claims and Administrative Claims under or in connection with the Plan, shall apply to the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor and their directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the determination by the Bankruptcy Court that the Reorganized Debtor, the Debtor, and all of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, members, attorneys, agents, or Professional Persons shall have acted in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code pursuant to Section 1125(e) and the federal securities laws.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court that the exemption from the requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act and any state or local law requiring registration for the offer or sale of a security provided for in Bankruptcy Code section 1145 shall apply all New Securities to be issued under the Plan; provided, however, that such exemption shall not apply to the New Securities to be issued to New Investors pursuant to the Private Placement Offering. Under the terms of the Private Placement Offering, the Reorganized Debtor shall be required to file a New Registration Statement with the SEC for purposes of registering the New Securities to be issued to New Investors under the Plan and pursuant to the terms of the Private Placement Offering.

G. Discharge and Injunction

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court that, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in agreements or Final Orders entered in connection therewith, on and after the Effective Date--

1. the rights afforded in the Plan and the treatment of all Claims and Equity Interests thereunder (a) shall be in exchange for, and in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release of all such Claims and Equity Interests against the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, or any of their assets or properties, and (b) shall terminate all rights as of the Effective Date of all Existing Securities of any nature whatsoever;

2. the Debtor shall be deemed discharged and released to the fullest extent permitted by Bankruptcy Code section 1141 from all Claims or Equity Interests that arose prior to the Effective Date against the Debtor or their property or assets;

3. all Persons and Governmental Units shall be permanently enjoined by Bankruptcy Code section 524 from asserting against the Reorganized Debtor, its successors, or its assets or properties, any other or further Claims or Equity Interests based upon any act or omission, transaction, or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred prior to the Effective Date. The discharge shall void any judgment against the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor any time obtained to the extent that it relates to a Claim or Equity Interest that has been discharged or terminated;

4. all Persons and Governmental Units who have held, currently hold, or may hold a Claim or Equity Interest discharged or terminated pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be permanently enjoined by Bankruptcy Code section 524 from taking any of the following actions on account of any such discharged Claim or terminated Equity Interest: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering in any manner any judgment, award, decree, or order against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien or encumbrance against the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; (d) asserting any setoff, right of subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due to the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, their successors, assets, or properties; and (e) commencing or continuing any action, in any manner or place, that does not comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the Confirmation Order. Any Person or Governmental Unit violating such injunction may be liable for actual damages, including costs and attorneys' fees and, in appropriate circumstances, punitive damages; and

5. all Persons and Governmental Units who have held, currently hold, or may hold a Claim or Equity Interest discharged or terminated pursuant to the terms of the Plan shall be permanently enjoined by Bankruptcy Code section 524 from commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding against any party on account of a Claim or Cause of Action that was property of the Estate, including, without limitation, any derivative Claims capable of being brought on behalf of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, and all such Claims and causes of action shall remain exclusively vested in the Reorganized Debtor to the maximum extent such Claims and Causes of Action were vested in the Debtor or Debtor in Possession. The Plan shall be binding upon and govern the acts of all Persons including, without limitation, all holders of Claims and Equity Interests, all filing agents or officers, title agents or companies, recorders, registrars, administrative agencies, Governmental Units and departments, agencies or officials thereof, secretaries of state, and all other Persons who may be required by law, the duties of their office, or contract to accept, file, register, record, or release any documents or instruments, or who may be required to report or insure any title or state of title in or to any of the assets of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor.

In accordance with the foregoing, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date, the Confirmation Order will be a judicial determination of a discharge of all Claims and other debts and liabilities against the Debtor and a termination of all Existing Securities pursuant to sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such discharge will void any judgment obtained against the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor at any time, to the extent that such judgment relates to a discharged Claim or terminated Equity Interest.

By accepting distributions pursuant to the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan will be deemed to have specifically consented to the injunctions and other provisions set forth in this Section VI.G.

In the event an action, suit or proceeding is brought against a Person in respect to a claim, demand, right, cause of action, liability or other matter in respect to which such Person has been released, waived, or discharged under the Plan, including the Confirmation Order, the reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of such Person in successfully defending such action, suit, or proceeding will be paid by the party or parties commencing such action, suit, or proceeding and, as a condition to going forward with such action, suit, or proceeding at the outset thereof, the party or parties commencing such action, suit, or proceeding shall be required to provide adequate assurance of their capacity to make such payment of reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.

H. Revesting of Property of the Estate and Release of Liens

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, all property of the Estate of each Debtor, including all Causes of Action, wherever situated, shall revest in the Reorganized Debtor free and clear of all Claims, mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, security, interests, encumbrances, and other interests of any Person. Following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may operate its business, use, acquire, and dispose of property, prosecute Causes of Action, and compromise or settle any Claims, Equity Interests, or Causes of Action without the supervision or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Bankruptcy Rules of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois, and the guidelines and requirements of the Office of the United States Trustee for the Northern District of Illinois.

I. Setoffs

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, agreements entered into in connection therewith, the Confirmation Order, or in agreements previously approved by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 553 or applicable nonbankruptcy law, set off against any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest (before any distribution is made on account of such Claim or Equity Interest) any and all of the Claims, rights and Causes of Action of any nature that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may hold against the holder of such Allowed Claim or Equity Interest; provided, however, that neither the failure to effect such a setoff nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor of any such Claims, rights, and Causes of Action that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may possess against such holder. To the extent the Reorganized Debtor fails to set off against a third party and seeks to collect a Claim from such third party after a distribution to such third party pursuant to the Plan on account of its Allowed Claim, the Reorganized Debtor shall be entitled to full recovery on its Claim against such third party without the right of setoff by the third party. Acceptance of such distribution by the third party constitutes an acknowledgment by said Person of the validity and enforceability of this provision against it.

The right of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor to assert such setoff shall include the right to assert Avoidance Actions as a setoff, regardless of whether the applicable limitations periods set forth in Bankruptcy Code section 546(a) shall have expired.

J. Preservation of Rights of Action

Except as provided in any other contract, instrument, or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan, in accordance with Bankruptcy Code section 1123(b), the Reorganized Debtor shall retain and may enforce any Claims, rights, and Causes of Action, that the Debtor or its Estate may hold against any Person. Only the Reorganized Debtor or its successor(s) may pursue such retained Claims, rights or Causes of Action, as appropriate, in each case in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtor or its successor(s). Entry of the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court that the Debtor's failure to take any action prior to the Effective Date to enforce any such Claims, rights, and Causes of Action did not in any manner whatsoever constitute a waiver (whether under the doctrine of estoppel, laches, res judicata or otherwise) of the Debtor's or the Reorganized Debtor's rights in respect thereof.

The Confirmation Order shall be deemed to constitute an Order of the Bankruptcy Court, as is authorized under Bankruptcy Code section 502(d), disallowing in full any Claim of (i) any Person from which property is recoverable under Bankruptcy Code sections 542, 543, 550, or 553, or (ii) any Person that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under Bankruptcy Code section 544, 545, 547, 548 or 549, unless (in either case) such Person has paid the amount or turned over any such property for which such Person is so liable.



ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES REGARDING DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN

AND RESOLUTION OF DISPUTED CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS

A. Claims Administration Responsibility; The Disbursing Agent

The Reorganized Debtor (or its designees) shall retain responsibility for administering, disputing, objecting to, compromising or otherwise resolving and making distributions on account of the Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtor. The Reorganized Debtor and such other Person(s) as may be approved by the Reorganized Debtor shall act as Disbursing Agent(s) under the Plan. Any such Disbursing Agent may, with the prior approval of the Reorganized Debtor, employ or contract with other Persons to assist in or to perform the distribution required. Each third-party hired as a Disbursing Agent shall receive from the Reorganized Debtor, and on terms acceptable to the Reorganized Debtor without the need for further Bankruptcy Court approval, reasonable compensation for distribution services rendered pursuant to the Plan and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services.

B. Objections to Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests

All objections to Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests shall be Filed and served on the holders thereof by the Claims Objection Deadline; provided, however, that nothing contained in the Plan shall limit the right of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor to object to Claims or Equity Interests, if any, Filed or amended after the Claims Objection Deadline, or to assert rights of setoff as provided in Section VI.I of the Plan.

After the Effective Date, only the Reorganized Debtor, by and through any of its attorneys (whose representation before the Bankruptcy Court on behalf of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor after the Effective Date need not be approved in advance by Order of the Bankruptcy Court) shall have authority to File objections, or settle, compromise, withdraw, or litigate to judgment objections to or proceedings to estimate Claims. Notwithstanding any prior order of the Bankruptcy Court or the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9019, from and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without the approval of the Bankruptcy Court and without notice to any other Person.

C. No Distributions Pending Allowance

No payments or distributions will be made with respect to all or any portion of a Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest unless and until all objections to such Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest have been settled or withdrawn or have been determined by a Final Order, and the Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest has become an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Equity Interest. All objections to Claims or Equity Interests must be Filed on or before the Claims Objection Deadline.

D. Timing, Calculation, and Manner of Amounts to Be Distributed

1. Cash Payments

Cash payments made pursuant to the Plan will be in U.S. dollars by check drawn on the account of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor. However, Cash payments to foreign Claimants may be made, at the option of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, in such currency and by such means as are necessary or customary in a particular foreign jurisdiction.

2. Transmittal of Distributions

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any agreement, document, or instrument contemplated under the Plan, all non-Cash distributions shall be deemed made at the time such distribution is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Except as otherwise agreed with the holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest, any property to be distributed on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest shall be distributed by mail to (a) the latest mailing address Filed of record for the party entitled thereto or to a holder of a power of attorney designated by such holder to receive such distributions, or (b) if no such mailing address has been so Filed, the mailing address reflected in the Schedules.

3. Estimation of Disputed Claims and Disputed Interests

In order to effectuate and expedite the distributions to be made on or after the Effective Date, the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may seek the entry of one or more Orders seeking estimation of Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests for purposes of allowance. Upon the entry of an Order of the Bankruptcy Court estimating such Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest, regardless of whether such Order becomes Final, unless a stay of distribution is obtained, the Disbursing Agent may proceed with distribution based upon the estimated amount of any such Claim. The initiation of distributions under the Plan prior to the completion of any appeal of or further proceedings with respect to any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interests that is the subject of a such an estimation Order by the Bankruptcy Court shall render any such appeal or further proceeding moot.

4. Distributions After Allowance of Disputed Claims or Disputed Interests

Payments and distributions shall be made as appropriate to the holder of any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest that has become an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest on the next Monthly Distribution Date (or if such dates have passed, as soon as practicable after the date such Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Equity Interest).

5. Undeliverable Distributions

If any distribution is returned to a Disbursing Agent as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be made to the holder of the Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest on which such distribution was made unless and until the Disbursing Agent or the Reorganized Debtor are notified in writing of such holder's then-current address. Undeliverable distributions shall remain in the possession of the Disbursing Agent until such time as a distribution becomes deliverable or is deemed canceled (as hereinafter provided). Any unclaimed distribution held by a Disbursing Agent shall be accounted for separately, but the Disbursing Agent shall be under no duty to invest any such unclaimed distribution in any manner. Any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest that does not present a claim for an undeliverable distribution within one year after the date upon which a distribution is first made available to such holder shall have its right to such distribution discharged and shall be forever barred from asserting any such Claim or Equity Interest against any of the Reorganized Debtor or its property or against any other Person, including the Disbursing Agent(s). All unclaimed or undistributed distributions shall, pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 347(b), be the property of the Reorganized Debtor and shall be treated and allocated as determined by the Reorganized Debtor in their sole and absolute discretion.

E. Fractional Securities

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, only whole numbers of shares of New Securities shall be issued. As a result, if the calculated distribution on account of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests based upon the record holders thereof on the Distribution Record Date would otherwise result in the issuance to any Person of a number of shares of New Securities that is not a whole number, then the actual distribution of such New Securities shall be rounded up (if the fraction equals or exceeds one-half) or down (if the fraction is less than one-half). No consideration shall be provided in lieu of fractional shares of New Securities that are rounded down. Any surplus of fractional shares of New Securities existing as a result of the rounding process shall be retained by the Reorganized Debtor as treasury stock.

F. Distribution Record Date

The Disbursing Agent will have no obligation to recognize the transfer of, or the sale of any participation in, any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest that occurs after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date and will be entitled for all purposes in the Plan to recognize and make distributions only to those holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Equity Interests that are holders of such Claims or Equity Interests, or participants therein, as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the respective transfer registers for the Existing Securities as maintained by the Debtor or by other Persons (including, any collateral agents in respect of any Existing Securities) shall be closed. The applicable Disbursing Agent will have no obligation to recognize the transfer or sale of Existing Securities that occur after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date. The Disbursing Agent will be entitled for all purposes of the Plan to recognize and make distributions only to those holding their Existing Securities on the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

Except as otherwise provided in an order of the Bankruptcy Court, the transferees of Claims that are transferred pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001 on or prior to the Distribution Record Date will be treated as the holders of such Claims for all purposes, notwithstanding that any period provided by Bankruptcy Rule 3001 for objecting to such transfer has not expired by the Distribution Record Date.

G. Withholding and Reporting Requirements

The Reorganized Debtor and the Disbursing Agent (including any collateral agent for any Existing Securities), as the case may be, shall be authorized to take any and all actions that may be necessary or appropriate to comply with all withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority and all distributions hereunder shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. All entities holding Claims or Interests shall be required to provide any information necessary to effect the withholding of such taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, (i) each holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest that is to receive a distribution of New Securities pursuant to the Plan shall have sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed by any governmental unit, including income, withholding and other tax obligations, on account of such distribution, and (ii) no distribution shall be made to or on behalf of such holder pursuant to the Plan unless and until such holder has made arrangements satisfactory to the Reorganized Debtor and the Disbursing Agent, as the case may be, for the payment and satisfaction of such tax obligations. Any New Common Stock to be distributed pursuant to the Plan shall, pending the implementation of such arrangements, be treated as an undeliverable distribution pursuant to the Plan.



ARTICLE VIII.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

A. Conditions Precedent

The occurrence of the Effective Date shall be conditioned upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any one of which may be waived at the sole and absolute discretion of the Debtor:

1. the Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtor (in its sole and absolute discretion), which Order shall have become Final;

2. the Plan shall not have been amended, altered, or modified from the Plan as Filed and disseminated with the Disclosure Statement, unless such amendment, alteration, or modification is, and all Exhibits to the Plan are, in form and substance satisfactory to the Debtor in its sole and absolute discretion;

3. at least $1.7 million in fresh capital shall have been escrowed pursuant to the Private Placement Offering, and such escrowed funds shall be designated to be irrevocably released to the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the Private Placement Offering;

4. Classes 1A and 1B shall have voted to accept the Plan;

5. holders of Class 5 Equity Interests shall receive the distributions contemplated by the Plan so that the Reorganized Debtor has sufficient shareholders of record to qualify for listing on a national securities exchange such as Nasdaq or the American Stock Exchange.

The Debtor retains the right to withdraw or revoke the Plan in its sole discretion at any time prior to the Confirmation Date.

B. Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

If each of the conditions to the Effective Date is not satisfied or duly waived in accordance with Section VIII.A of the Plan, then upon motion by the Debtor made before the time that each such condition has been satisfied or duly waived and upon notice to the parties to the Master Service List, the Confirmation Order shall be vacated by the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that notwithstanding the Filing of such motion, the Confirmation Order may not be vacated if each of the conditions to the Effective Date is either satisfied or duly waived before the Bankruptcy Court enters an order granting such motion. If the Confirmation Order is vacated pursuant to Section VIII.B of the Plan, then (i) the Plan will be null and void in all respects, including with respect to (x) the discharge of Claims and termination of Equity Interests pursuant to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code and (y) the assumptions, assignments or rejections of executory contracts and unexpired leases pursuant to Article V of the Plan, and (ii) nothing contained in the Plan shall (x) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Equity Interest in, the Debtor or (y) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtor or any other Person.



ARTICLE IX.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters arising out of, and related to, the Reorganization Case and the Plan, including, among other things, the following matters:

1. to Allow, Disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority or secured or unsecured status of any Claim or Equity Interest;

2. to hear and determine pending motions for the assumption or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases or the assumption and assignment, as the case may be, of executory contracts or unexpired leases to which the Debtor is a party or with respect to which any the Debtor may be liable, and to hear and determine the allowance of Claims resulting therefrom including the amount of Cure, if any, required to be paid to such Claim holders;

3. to construe and to take any action to enforce and execute the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any other Order of the Bankruptcy Court, including entering such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order;

4. to adjudicate any and all Causes of Action, adversary proceedings, applications, or contested matters that have been or hereafter are commenced, maintained in, or related to the Reorganization Case or the Plan, including, without limitation, any adversary proceeding or contested matter, proceedings to adjudicate the allowance of Disputed Claims, and all controversies and issues arising from or relating to any of the foregoing;

5. to resolve any cases, controversies, suits or disputes that may arise in connection with the consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document that is entered into or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Person's rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan or such documents;

6. to hear and determine all matters involving Claims or Causes of Action involving the Debtor or its properties;

7. to issue such Orders as may be necessary for the implementation, interpretation, execution, performance, and consummation of the Plan;

8. to protect the property of the Estate revesting in the Reorganized Debtor from Claims against, or interference with such property, including actions to quiet or otherwise clear title to such property based upon the terms and provisions of the Plan;

9. to determine any and all applications for allowance of compensation and expense reimbursement of Professional Persons;

10. to determine any other request for payment of Administrative Claims;

11. to determine all applications, motions, adversary proceedings, contested matters, and any other litigated matters instituted prior to the closing of the Reorganization Case (regardless of whether initiated prior to or after the Effective Date), including litigation commenced to set aside or avoid any transfers pursuant to Bankruptcy Code sections 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 550, and 553;

12. to modify the Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code;

13. to modify the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order;

14. to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in any Order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into, delivered or created in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order, in such manner as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan or to carry out its intents and purposes;

15. to issue injunctions, enforce the injunctions contained in the Plan and the Confirmation Order, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Person with consummation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order;

16. to enter a final decree closing the Reorganization Case;

17. to enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked or vacated, or distributions pursuant to the Plan are enjoined or stayed;

18. to determine matters concerning state, local and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, including any Disputed Claims for taxes; and

19. to determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order.

If the Bankruptcy Court is determined not to have jurisdiction with respect to the foregoing, or if the Reorganized Debtor chooses to pursue any Claim (as applicable) in another court of competent jurisdiction, the Reorganized Debtor will have authority to bring such action in any other court of competent jurisdiction.



ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. Amendment and Modification of the Plan

The Debtor may alter, amend or modify the Plan under section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code at any time prior to the Confirmation Hearing. After the Confirmation Date and prior to substantial consummation of the Plan with respect (as defined in section 1101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor may, under section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, institute proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan with respect to the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, and such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and effects of the Plan, so long as such proceedings do not materially adversely affect the treatment of holders of Claims or Equity Interests under the Plan; provided, however, that prior notice of such proceedings shall be served in accordance with the Bankruptcy Rules or pursuant to Order of the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan may be amended or modified before the Effective Date only by the Debtor, or following the Effective Date, only by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, to the extent provided in Bankruptcy Code section 1127.

B. Withdrawal, Revocation, or Non-Consummation of the Plan

The Debtor reserves the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan at any time prior to the Confirmation Date for any reason whatsoever. If the Debtor revokes or withdraws the Plan, then (i) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects, (ii) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain any Claim or Equity Interest or Class of Claims or Equity Interests), assumption or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases affected by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void, and (iii) nothing contained in the Plan shall (A) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Equity Interests in, the Debtor or any other Person, (B) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtor or any other Person, or (C) constitute an admission of any sort by the Debtor or any other Person.

C. Successors and Assigns

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Person named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns of such Person, including any successor or assign of the Reorganized Debtor.

D. Severability of Provisions of the Plan

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court will have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision then will be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order will constitute a judicial determination and will provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

E. Contribution Bar

The Confirmation Order shall constitute an Order forever barring Claims (including Claims described in Bankruptcy Code section 502(e)(1)(B)) for contribution, reimbursement, Indemnification Rights, subrogation, or indemnity against the Debtor by any Person. All such Claims shall be automatically discharged and forever barred upon entry of the Confirmation Order, without the necessity of the filing or adjudication of any objection to such Claims.

F. Termination of Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies

The classification and manner of satisfying all Claims and Interests under the Plan take into consideration all subordination rights, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, contract, section 510(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, that a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest may have against other holders of Claims or Equity Interest with respect to any distribution made pursuant to the Plan. All subordination rights that a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest may have with respect to any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan will be discharged and terminated, and all actions related to the enforcement of such subordination rights will be permanently enjoined. Accordingly, distributions pursuant to the Plan to holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests will not be subject to payment to a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights or to levy, garnishment, attachment, or other legal process by a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights.

Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims or controversies relating to the subordination rights that a holder of a Claim or Equity Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest or any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Equity Interest. The entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court's approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims or controversies and the Bankruptcy Court's finding that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, and is fair, equitable, and reasonable.

Nothing herein, however, shall in any way limit the rights of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor to seek subordination under Bankruptcy Code section 510 or other applicable law of any Claims asserted against or Equity Interests asserted in the Debtor.

G. Limitation of Liability

The officers, directors, attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, and agents of the Debtor that assumed their managerial or agency roles pursuant to the consent solicitation described in Section IV.B of the Disclosure Statement shall not be liable to any holder of a Claim or Equity Interest, or any other party with respect to any action, forbearance from action, decision, or exercise of discretion taken during the period from October 16, 2001, to the Effective Date in connection with (i) the operation of the Debtor, (ii) the proposal or implementation of any of the transactions provided for, or contemplated in, the Plan or the Disclosure Statement, (iii) any act taken or omission made in connection with or related to the Reorganization Case, or in connection with or related to formulating, distributing, implementing, confirming, or consummating the Plan (including soliciting acceptances or rejections thereof), the Disclosure Statement, or any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan for any act taken or not taken in connection with or relating to the Reorganization Case, or (iv) the administration of the Plan or the Assets and property to be distributed pursuant to or as contemplated by the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, other than for wilful misconduct or fraud. Furthermore, the foregoing limitation of liability shall be in addition to the "safe harbor" from liability provided by Section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and Section VI.F of the Plan. Any objection to Section VI.F of the Plan by any holder of a Claim or Equity Interest shall be Filed by the deadline established by the Bankruptcy Court for objecting to confirmation of the Plan and, if not so Filed, shall be deemed waived.

H. Notices

All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

13319 Seagrove Street

San Diego, California 92130

Telephone: (858) 204-9451

Facsimile: (858) 793-4624

Attention: Kent Smith, Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

77 West Wacker Drive

Suite 4800

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 444-1000

Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Attention: Steven R. Jakubowski, Esq.

I. Governing Law

Except to the extent the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent an exhibit or schedule to the Plan provides otherwise, the rights and obligations arising under the Plan and any agreements, documents, and instruments executed in connection with the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law of such jurisdiction.

Respectfully submitted,

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

By: /s/Kent Smith

Kent Smith

Its: Chief Executive Officer and President

Dated: March 21, 2002 EX-2 5 ltincplan.htm IA61 PROPOSED LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE

1.1 GENERAL. The purpose of the Cytomedix, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the success, and enhance the value, of Cytomedix, Inc. (the "Company"), and its related companies by linking the personal interests of the employees, officers, consultants, independent contractors, advisors and directors of the Company and its related companies to those of Company shareholders and by providing such persons with an incentive for outstanding performance. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, consultants, independent contractors, advisors and directors upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company's operation is largely dependent. Accordingly, the Plan permits the grant of incentive awards from time to time to selected employees, officers, consultants, independent contractors, advisors and directors.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

2.1 DEFINITIONS. When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Section 1.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context. The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Award" means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Phantom Stock Award, Performance Unit Award, Dividend Equivalent Award, or Other Stock-Based Award, or any other right or interest relating to Stock or cash, granted to a Participant under the Plan.

(b) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

(c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(e) "Compensation Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board described in Article 3.

(f) "Company" means Cytomedix, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) "Disability" means a "permanent and total disability" as defined in Code Section 22(e) (3).

(h) "Dividend Equivalent" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 12 of the Plan.

(i) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan of Reorganization is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.

(j) "Fair Market Value", on any date, means (i) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or is traded over the Nasdaq National Market or is quoted on an interdealer quotation system, the closing sales price on such exchange or over such system on such date or, in the absence of reported sales on such date, the closing sales price on the immediately preceding date on which sales were reported, or (ii) if the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or traded over the Nasdaq National Market, the fair market value shall be as determined by an independent appraiser selected by the Compensation Committee from time to time or as determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

(k) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422 or any successor provision thereto.

(l) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(m) "Option" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan.

(n) "Other Stock-Based Award" means a right, granted to a Participant under Article 12 of the Plan.

(o) "Parent" means a corporation or other entity which owns or beneficially owns a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power of the Company. For Incentive Stock Options, "Parent" means a "parent corporation" of the Company as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(p) "Participant" means a person who, as an employee, officer, consultant, independent contractor, advisor or director of the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary, has been granted an Award under the Plan.

(q) "Performance Unit" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 8 of the Plan.

(r) "Phantom Stock" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 10 of the Plan.

(s) "Plan" means the Cytomedix, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan.

(t) "Restricted Stock" means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 10 of the Plan.

(u) "Retirement" means a Participant's termination of employment after attaining age 65.

(v) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, and such other securities of the Company as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 15.

(w) "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan.

(x) "Subsidiary" means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company. For Incentive Stock Options, "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation" of the Company as defined in Code Section 424(f).

(y) "Termination Date" means the effective date of the termination of a Participant's employment or consultation period with the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary, whether by reason of death, Disability, Retirement, resignation, or termination with or without cause.

(z) "Vesting" or "Vested Awards" means the percentage of an Award that a Participant shall be entitled to retain upon the Participant's Termination Date. Any Awards that are not vested as of the Participant's Termination Date shall be forfeited by the Participant unless otherwise specifically set forth herein.

(aa) "1933 Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

(bb) "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.









ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or, at the discretion of the Board from time to time, by the Board. The Compensation Committee shall consist of two or more members of the Board. The members of the Compensation Committee shall be appointed by the Board and may be changed at any time and from time to time at the Board's discretion. During any time that the Board is acting as administrator of the Plan, it shall have all the powers of the Compensation Committee hereunder, and any reference herein to the Compensation Committee (other than in this Section 4.1) shall include the Board.

3.2 ACTION BY THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. For purposes of administering the Plan, the following rules of procedure shall govern the Compensation Committee. A majority of the Compensation Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved unanimously in writing by the members of the Compensation Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Compensation Committee. Each member of the Compensation Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the Company's independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

3.3 AUTHORITY OF COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. The Compensation Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

(a) Designate Participants;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan, including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Accelerate the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any outstanding Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion determines;

(f) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(g) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

(h) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(i) Establish, adopt or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

(k) Amend any Award Agreement as provided herein.

3.4 NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Participant who is resident outside of the United States, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to meet the objectives of the Plan. The Compensation Committee may, where appropriate, establish one or more subplans for this purpose.

3.5 DECISIONS BINDING. The Compensation Committee's interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted under the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Compensation Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive with respect to all parties.

ARTICLE 4

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1 NUMBER OF SHARES. The Company shall make Awards available representing up to fifteen percent (15%) of the fully diluted stock of the Company as of the Effective Date. The fully diluted stock includes all shares of common stock, shares of preferred stock and shares of stock underlying all outstanding warrants and options.

4.2 LAPSED OR FORFEITED AWARDS. To the extent that an Award is canceled, is forfeited, terminates, expires or lapses for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Award will again be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan and shares subject to SARs or other Awards settled in cash will be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.

4.3 STOCK DISTRIBUTED. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.

4.4 LIMITATION ON AWARDS.

(a) OPTIONS AND SARS. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be covered by Options and/or SARs granted to any one individual during any one calendar year under the Plan shall be 1,000,000.

(b) INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be issued under Incentive Stock Options granted to any one individual during any calendar year under the Plan shall be 1,000,000.

(c) OTHER AWARDS. The maximum fair market value (measured as of the date of grant) of any Awards other than Options and SARs that may be received by a Participant (less any consideration paid by the Participant for such Award) during any one calendar year under the Plan shall be $1,000,000.

ARTICLE 5

ELIGIBILITY

5.1 GENERAL. Awards may be granted only to individuals who are employees, officers, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, affiliates or directors of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

ARTICLE 6

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 GENERAL. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant Options on the following terms and conditions:

(a) TYPE OF OPTION. The Compensation Committee may grant Nonqualified Stock Option and/or, subject to the specific requirements of Section 6.2 below, Incentive Stock Options.

(b) EVIDENCE OF GRANT. All Options shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such provisions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as may be specified by the Compensation Committee.

(c) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.

(d) TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. The Compensation Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The Compensation Committee also shall determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised. The Compensation Committee may waive any exercise provisions at any time in whole or in part based upon factors as the Compensation Committee may determine in its sole discretion so that the Option becomes exercisable at an earlier date.

(e) PAYMENT. The Compensation Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation, cash, shares of Stock, or other property (including "cashless exercise" arrangements), and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants; provided, if shares of Stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price were themselves acquired otherwise than on the open market, such shares shall have been held by the Participant for at least six months.

(f) EXPIRATION OF OPTION. An Option shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(1) The expiration date set forth in the Award Agreement accompanying such Options.

(2) If the Participant terminates his employment or consultancy for any reason other than as provided in paragraph (3) or (4) below, three months after the Participant's Termination Date; provided, if the Participant's employment or consultancy is terminated for cause by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, or by the Participant without the consent of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, the Option shall (to the extent not previously exercised) expire immediately.

(3) If the Participant terminates his employment or consultancy by reason of Disability, one year after the Participant's Termination Date.

(4) If the Participant dies while employed or engaged as a consultant by the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary, or during the three-month period described in paragraph (2) or during the one-year period described in paragraph (3) and before the Option otherwise expires, one year after the Participant's death. Upon the Participant's death, any exercisable Options may be exercised by the Participant's beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 13.6.

Unless the exercisability of an Option is accelerated as provided in Article 13, a Participant may exercise an Option after his Termination Date only with respect to the shares that were otherwise vested on the Participant's Termination Date.

6.2 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. In addition to the foregoing rules, any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan shall comply with the following additional rules:

(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock for any Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of the date of the grant.

(b) TERM. An Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable for no longer than ten (10) years from the date of its grant.

(c) EXPIRATION OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION. An Incentive Stock Option shall expire on the earliest of the following dates; provided, the Compensation Committee may, prior to the expiration of the Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) below, provide in writing that the Option will extend until a later date, but if the Option is exercised after the dates specified in paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) below, it will automatically become a Non-Qualified Stock Option:

(1) The option expiration date set forth in the Award Agreement accompanying such Incentive Stock Option.

(2) Ten (10) years after the date of grant, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement.

(3) If the Participant terminates his employment for any reason other than as provided in paragraph (4) or (5) below, three months after the Participant's Termination Date; provided, if the Participant's employment is terminated for cause by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, or by the Participant without the consent of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, the Incentive Stock Option shall (to the extent not previously exercised) expire immediately.

(4) If the Participant terminates his employment by reason of Disability, one year after the Participant's Termination Date.

(5) If the Participant dies while employed by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, or during the three--month period described in paragraph (3) or during the one-year period described in paragraph (4) and before the Option otherwise expires, one year after the Participant's death. Upon the Participant's death, any exercisable Incentive Stock Options may be exercised by the Participant's beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 13.6.

Unless the exercisability of the Incentive Stock Option is accelerated as provided in Article 14, a Participant may exercise an Incentive Stock Option after his Termination Date only with respect to the shares that were otherwise vested on the Participant's Termination Date.

(d) DOLLAR LIMITATION. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of (i) the shares of Stock with respect to Incentive Stock Options, plus (ii) the shares of stock of the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary with respect to which other incentive stock options are first exercisable by a Participant during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and any Parent and Subsidiary exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock shall be determined as of the time the Option or other incentive stock option is granted.

(e) TEN PERCENT OWNERS. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, unless the exercise price per share is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Stock at the date of grant, and the Option expires no later than five years after the date of grant.

(f) GRANT OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted pursuant to the Plan after the day immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

(g) RIGHT TO EXERCISE. During a Participant's lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant or, in the case of the Participant's Disability, by the Participant's guardian or legal representative.

(h) NON-EMPLOYEES. An Incentive Stock Option may not granted to any non-employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

ARTICLE 7

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 GRANT OF SARs. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant SARs on such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Compensation Committee. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Participant to whom the SAR is granted will have the right to receive the excess, if any, of:

(1) The Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise; over

(2) The grant price of the SAR as established by the Compensation Committee.

In the case of termination of employment or consultancy by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (whether with or without cause), the value to be paid to the Participant for any vested SARs, shall be the excess, if any, of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the date of such termination, over (b) the net book value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Termination Date.

7.2 VESTING OF BENEFITS. A Participant or his beneficiary shall only be entitled to receive payment for vested SARs as of the Termination Date.

7.3 OTHER TERMS. All awards of SARs shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR shall be determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of the grant of the Award and shall be reflected in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 8

PERFORMANCE UNITS

8.1 GRANT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant Performance Units on such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall have the complete discretion to determine the number of Performance Units granted to an individual. All Awards of Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

8.2 RIGHT TO PAYMENT. A grant of Performance Units gives the Participant rights, valued as determined by the Compensation Committee, and payable to, or exercisable by, the Participant to whom the Performance Units are granted, in whole or in part, as the Compensation Committee shall establish at grant or thereafter. The Compensation Committee shall set performance goals and other terms or conditions to payment of the Performance Units in its sole discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and value of Performance Units that will be paid to the Participant.

8.3 OTHER TERMS. Performance Units may be payable in cash, Stock, or other property, and have such other terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee and reflected in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 9

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

9.1 GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The Compensation Committee is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Compensation Committee. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

9.2 ISSUANCE AND RESTRICTIONS. Any award of Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Compensation Committee may impose in its sole discretion (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock) . These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, upon the satisfaction of performance goals or otherwise, as the Compensation Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

9.3 FORFEITURE. Except as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment during the applicable restriction period or upon failure to satisfy a performance goal during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, the Compensation Committee may provide in any Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Compensation Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.

9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR RESTRICTED STOCK. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Compensation Committee shall determine. If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

ARTICLE 10

PHANTOM STOCK AWARDS

10.1 GRANT OF PHANTOM STOCK. The Compensation Committee is authorized to make Awards of Phantom Stock in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Compensation Committee. All Awards of Phantom Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

10.2 ISSUANCE AND RESTRICTIONS. Phantom Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Compensation Committee may impose. These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, upon the satisfaction of performance goals or otherwise, as the Compensation Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

10.3 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS. Upon the Retirement, Disability, or death of the Participant, there shall be paid to the Participant, or in the event of the Participant's death, to his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Participant's vested Phantom Stock determined as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Termination Date. In the case of termination of employment by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, the value to be received by the Participant shall be the book value of such vested Phantom Stock Award determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Termination Date

10.4 FORFEITURE. Except as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment prior to the vesting of any Phantom Stock or upon failure to satisfy a performance goal specified in the Award Agreement during the applicable performance period, Phantom Stock that is not fully vested shall be forfeited; provided, however, the Compensation Committee may provide in any Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to the Phantom Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Compensation Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Phantom Stock.

10.5 OTHER TERMS. Awards of Phantom Stock may be payable in cash, Stock, or other property, and have such other terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee and reflected in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 11

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

11.1 GRANT OF DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents subject to such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Compensation Committee. Dividend Equivalents shall entitle the Participant to receive payments equal to dividends with respect to all or a portion of the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award, as determined by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents be paid when accrued or be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Stock and paid at some future date.

ARTICLE 12

OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

12.1 GRANT OF OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS. The Compensation Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant such other Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Stock, as deemed by the Compensation Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including without limitation shares of Stock awarded purely as a "bonus" and not subject to any restrictions or conditions, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Stock, and Awards valued by reference to book value of shares of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of a Parent or a Subsidiary. The Compensation Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.

ARTICLE 13

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

13.1 STAND-ALONE, TANDEM, AND SUBSTITUTE AWARDS. Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for, any other Award granted under the Plan. If an Award is granted in substitution for another Award, the Compensation Committee may require the surrender of such other Award in consideration of the grant of the new Award. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

13.2 EXCHANGE PROVISIONS. The Compensation Committee may at any time offer to exchange or buy out any previously granted Award for a payment in cash, Stock, or another Award (subject to Section 15.1), based on the terms and conditions the Compensation Committee determines and communicates to the Participant in writing at the time the offer is made.

13.3 LIMITS ON TRANSFER. No right or interest of a Participant in any unexercised or restricted Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary. No unexercised or restricted Award shall be assignable or transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, the Compensation Committee may (but need not) permit other transfers as it determines in its sole discretion.

13.4 BENEFICIARIES. Notwithstanding Section 13.3, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Compensation Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant's death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Compensation Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant's estate. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Compensation Committee.

13.5 STOCK CERTIFICATES. The issuance of Stock certificates under the Plan shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with all applicable securities laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Compensation Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.

13.6 ACCELERATION UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any Participant's Award Agreement to the contrary, upon the Participant's death, Disability or Retirement, all outstanding Awards shall become fully vested.

13.7 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Whether military, government or other service or other leave of absence shall constitute a termination of employment shall be determined in each case by the Compensation Committee at its discretion and subject to applicable law, and any determination by the Compensation Committee shall be final and conclusive. A termination of employment shall not occur in a circumstance in which a Participant transfers from the Company to a Parent or a Subsidiary, transfers from a Parent or Subsidiary to the Company, or transfers from a Parent or Subsidiary to another Parent or Subsidiary.

13.8 FORFEITURE/RESCISSION OF AWARDS; RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

(a) FORFEITURE/RESCISSION OF AWARDS. The Compensation Committee may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict any Awards (whether vested or unvested, whether paid or unpaid) at any time, if the Participant is not in full compliance with all applicable provisions of the Plan, the Award Agreement, and any terms and conditions of the Participant's employment with the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary. Upon exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to an Award, the Participant shall certify in a manner acceptable to the Company that the Participant is in full compliance with all such provisions. In the event the Participant fails to comply with such provisions, any unexercised or unpaid Awards shall automatically and immediately terminate and be forfeited. In addition, in the event the Participant fails to comply with such provisions prior to, or during the six month period following such exercise, payment or delivery, any Awards granted to the Participant may be rescinded within two years thereafter. In the event of rescission, the Participant shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized or payment received in connection with the Award, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required, and the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be entitled to set--off against the amount of any such Award any amount owed to the Participant by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(b) NON-COMPETITION. As a condition to the receipt of Awards hereunder, each Participant, upon severance of employment with the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, shall execute an agreement in writing whereby, in consideration of the receipt of any payment under the Plan, Participant agrees not to engage in any business or practice, either as a shareholder, owner, partner, director, officer, employee, consultant, or otherwise, in competition with the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary, or otherwise take any action prejudicial to the interests of the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary, for a period of two (2) years (or such shorter period as provided in the employment agreement for a Participant who is not an officer or director of the Company) following the Participant's Termination Date. For such purposes, a Participant during such protected period shall not engage in soliciting business from any client of the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary as set forth within such Participant's employment agreement or disclose any "confidential information" to others associated with the business of the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary. For purposes of this Article 13, confidential information is defined as any information, knowledge or data of the Company the Participant may have received during the course of his employment with the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary relating to programs, business processes, methods, designs, equipment, materials, procedures, compositions, inventions, financial information (including sales figures, projections, or estimates), lists, names, addresses, phone numbers of customers or customer employees, or trade secrets.

(c) CONFIDENTIALITY. Each Participant, as a condition to being granted Awards hereunder, agrees that the number of Awards awarded to the Participant, the vesting schedule, the Fair Market Value or net book value of any Performance Unit or the underlying Stock of the Company, and any other information regarding the Company, a Parent or any Subsidiary, the results of its operations or other matters shall remain confidential and the Participant shall not disclose any such information without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors. The Participant further acknowledges that the Company deems all information regarding the Participants and Awards awarded hereunder to be confidential and proprietary information.

ARTICLE 14

CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

14.1 GENERAL. In the event a stock dividend is declared upon the Stock, the shares of Stock then subject to each Award shall be increased proportionately without any change in the aggregate purchase price therefor. In the event the Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or class of shares of stock or securities of the Company or of another corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share exchange, stock split-up, combination of shares, merger or consolidation, the authorization limits under Article 4 on the number of Shares shall be adjusted proportionately, and there shall be substituted for each such share of Stock then subject to each Award the number and class of shares into which each outstanding share of Stock shall be so exchanged, all without any change in the aggregate purchase price for the shares then subject to each Award, or, subject to Section 15.2, there shall be made such other equitable adjustment as the Compensation Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, approve.







ARTICLE 15

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

15.1 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION. Subject to the Compensation Committee's ability to amend and modify the Plan as provided herein, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, modify or terminate the Plan without shareholder approval; provided, the Board may condition any amendment or modification on the approval of shareholders of the Company if such approval is necessary or deemed advisable with respect to tax, securities or other applicable laws, policies or regulations.

15.2 AWARDS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED. At any time and from time to time, the Compensation Committee may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award without approval of the Participant; provided, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the exercise price of any Option may not be reduced and the original term of any Option may not be extended.

ARTICLE 16

GENERAL PROVISIONS

16.1 NO RIGHTS TO AWARDS. No Participant or other individual shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Compensation Committee is obligated to treat Participants or other individuals uniformly.

16.2 NO SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. No Award shall give the Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.

16.3 WITHHOLDINGS. The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum taxes (including the Participant's FICA or Medicare tax obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan. With respect to withholdings required upon any taxable event under the Plan, the Compensation Committee may, at the time the Award is granted or thereafter, require or permit that any such withholdings requirement be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholdings from the Award shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date of withholdings equal to the minimum amount (and not any greater amount) required to be withheld for tax purposes, all in accordance with such procedures as the Compensation Committee may establish.

16.4 NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED SERVICE. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate any Participant's employment or status as an officer or director at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue as an employee, officer, consultant, independent contractor, advisor or director of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

16.5 UNFUNDED STATUS OF AWARDS. The Plan is intended to be unfunded and shall not create a trust or a separate fund or funds. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

16.6 INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Compensation Committee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which such member may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such member in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him provided he gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

16.7 RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER BENEFITS. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or benefit plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary unless provided otherwise in such other plan.

16.8 EXPENSES. The expenses of operating and administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company, its Parent and its Subsidiaries.

16.9 TITLES AND HEADINGS. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

16.10 GENDER AND NUMBER. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

16.11 FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued and the Compensation Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up.

16.12 GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS. The obligation of the Company to make payment of Awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register under the 1933 Act, or any state securities act, any of the shares of Stock paid under the Plan. The shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, and the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

16.13 GOVERNING LAW. To the extent not governed by federal law, the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

16.14 SEVERABILITY. Each provision of the Plan shall be interpreted where possible in a manner necessary to sustain its legality and enforceability. The unenforceability of any provision of the Plan in a specific situation, or the unenforceability of any portion of any provision of the Plan in a specific situation, shall not affect the enforceability of (a) that provision or a portion of such provision in another situation, or (b) the other provisions or portions of provisions of the Plan if such other provisions or the remaining portions could then continue to conform with the purposes of the Plan and the terms and requirements of applicable law. To the extent any provision of the Plan or a portion of such provision is found to be illegal or unenforceable, the Compensation Committee shall be authorized and empowered to reform such deficiency to the extent necessary to make it valid and enforceable under applicable law.

16.15 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. Each Award Agreement may contain such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine; provided, such other terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan. To the extent any Award Agreement is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Plan, the terms and conditions of this Plan shall govern and the Compensation Committee shall be authorized and empowered to correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in any Award Agreement in a manner and to an extent it shall deem necessary or advisable.



EX-2 6 warranta.htm IA64 PROPOSED CLASS A WARRANT

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.



CLASS A WARRANT CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

Representing ______ Class A Warrants

To Purchase Shares of Common Stock of

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, for value received, _____________________ or its assigns (the Holder"), is entitled to purchase from Cytomedix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), _________________ (______) shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Common Stock"), on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

I. Grant of Warrant

1.1 Grant and Vesting. The Company hereby grants to the Holder _____ Class A Warrants ("Warrants") to purchase up to ___________ (___) shares of Common Stock at a purchase price equal to $1.00 per share of Common Stock (the "Exercise Price"). The Warrants shall vest as to all shares of Common Stock immediately. The shares of Common Stock for which the Warrants may be exercised are referred to as the "Warrant Shares."

1.2 Exercise Period. The Warrants shall be exercisable commencing on the date of original issuance of the Warrants (the "Exercisability Date") and continue to be exercisable for the period (the "Exercise Period") until 5:00 p.m., Central Standard Time, on the date that is two (2) years from the date of issuance of the Warrants.

1.3 Shares To Be Issued; Reservation of Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that (a) all of the securities issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereof will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof (b) the Company will cause during the Exercise Period, there to be authorized and reserved a sufficient number of securities to provide for the exercise of this Warrants in full, and (c) the Company shall promptly secure the listing of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants upon each national securities exchange or automated quotation system, if any, upon which shares of Common Stock are then listed (subject to official notice of issuance upon exercise of the Warrants) and shall maintain, so long as any other shares of Common Stock shall be so listed, such listing of all shares of Common Stock from time to time issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants; and the Company shall so list on each national securities exchange or automated quotation system, as the case may be, and shall maintain such listing of; any other shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants if and so long as any shares of the same class shall be listed on such national securities exchange or automated quotation system.

II. Adjustments to Warrants

2.1 Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Company shall combine all of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately decreased and the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased, as of the effective date of such combination, as follows: (a) the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to the effective date of such combination shall be adjusted so that the Holder of the Warrants, if exercised on or after that date, shall be entitled to receive the number and kind of Warrant Shares which the Holder of the Warrants would have owned and been entitled to receive as a result of the combination had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date, and (b) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrants immediately thereafter. If the Company shall subdivide all of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionally increased and the Exercise Price in effect prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately decreased, as of the effective date of such subdivision, as follows: (a) the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to the effective date of such subdivision, shall be adjusted so that the Holder of the Warrants, if exercised on or after that date, shall be entitled to receive the number and kind of Warrant Shares which the Holder of the Warrants would have owned and been entitled to receive as a result of the subdivision had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date, and (b) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately thereafter.

2.2 Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Company shall fix a record date for the holders of its Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately increased and the Exercise Price in effect prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date shall be proportionately decreased, as of the time of such issuance, or in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, as follows: (a) the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date shall be adjusted so that the Holder of the Warrants, if exercised after that date, shall be entitled to receive the number and kind of Warrant Shares which the Holder of the Warrants would have owned and been entitled to receive as a result of the dividend or distribution had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date, and (b) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately thereafter.

2.3 Other Dividends and Distributions. If the Company shall fix a record date for the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, then lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the Holder of the Warrants shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants, for the applicable exercise price in effect prior thereto, in addition to the number of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, the kind and number of securities of the Company which the Holder would have owned and been entitled to receive had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date.

2.4 Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If the Common Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than by a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Article II), then the Holder of the Warrants shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, for the aggregate exercise price in effect prior thereto, the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change, by the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Warrants could have been exercised immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or other change (in any event, subject to further anti-dilution protection as provided in this Section 2).

2.5 Reorganizations, Mergers. Consolidations or Sales of Assets. If any of the following transactions (each, a "Special Transaction") shall become effective: (a) a capital reorganization, share exchange or exchange offer (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Article II), (b) a consolidation or merger of the Company with and into another entity, or (c) a sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, then as a condition of any Special Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the Holder of the Warrants shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, for the applicable exercise price in effect immediately prior to such event, such shares of stock, other securities, cash or other assets as may be issued or payable in and pursuant to the terms of such Special Transaction to the holders of shares for which the Warrants could have been exercised immediately prior to such Special Transaction. In connection with any Special Transaction, appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of the Warrants to the end that the provisions of the Warrants (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustment of the applicable exercise price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant), shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be practicable, to any shares of stock, other securities, cash or other assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall not effect any Special Transaction unless prior to, or simultaneously with, the closing thereof; the successor entity and the issuer of the securities into which the Warrants are exercisable (if other than the Company), resulting from such Special Transaction, shall assume by a written instrument executed and mailed by certified mail or delivered to the Holder of the Warrants at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation of the Company or such successor corporation to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities, cash or other assets, as in accordance with the foregoing provisions, which the Holder shall have the right to purchase.

2.6 Notice. Whenever the Warrants or the number of Warrant Shares are to be adjusted as provided herein, the Company shall forthwith, as soon as reasonably practicable, cause to be sent to the Holder a notice stating in reasonable detail the relevant facts and any resulting adjustments and the calculation thereof.

2.7 Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would be issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, the Company shall, upon such issuance, purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the current value of such fraction, computed on the basis of the last reported closing price of the Common Stock on the securities exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or traded, as the case may be, if any, on the last business day prior to the date of exercise upon which such a sale shall have been effected, or, if the Common Stock is not so listed or traded on an exchange or quotation system, as the Board of Directors of the Company may in good faith determine.

2.8 Effect of Alternate Securities. If at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Article II, the Holder of the Warrants shall thereafter become entitled to receive any securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, then the number of such other securities receivable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to shares of Common Stock contained in this Article II.

2.9 Successive Application. The provisions of this Article II shall apply from time to time to successive events covered by this Article II. Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by this Article II, all references to Common Stock, to the Company and to other defined terms shall be equitably adjusted to protect the interests of the Holder.

2.10 Other Notices. In case at any time:

(i) the Company shall declare any dividend upon the Common Stock payable in shares of stock of any class or make any other distribution (including dividends or distributions payable in cash out of retained earnings) to the holders of the Common Stock;

(ii) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

(iii) there shall be any capital reorganization of the Company, or reclassification of the Common Stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with or into, or sale of all or substantially all its assets to, another corporation or entity; or

(iv) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company.

Then, in each such case, the Company shall give to the holder of the Warrants (a) notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights or for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up and (b) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, notice of the date (or, if not then known, a reasonable approximation thereof by the Company) when the same shall take place. Such notice shall also specify the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights or to exchange their Common Stock for stock or other securities or property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up, as the case may be. Such notice shall be given at least twenty (20) business days prior to the record date or the date on which the Company's books are closed in respect thereto. Failure to give any such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the proceedings referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

2.11 Adjustments to Exercise Price. Notwithstanding anything herein, no adjustment to the Exercise Price shall be made with respect to the issuance of securities by the Company.



III. Exercise

3.1 Exercise of Warrants.

(a) The Holder may exercise the Warrants by (i) surrendering this Warrant Certificate with the form of exercise notice attached hereto as Exhibit "A" duly executed by the Holder, and (ii) making payment to the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price for the applicable Warrant Shares in cash, by certified check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company. Upon any partial exercise of this Warrant, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly issue to the Holder for its surrendered Warrant Certificate a replacement Warrant Certificate identical in all respects to this Warrant Certificate, except that the number of Warrant Shares shall be reduced accordingly.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant Certificate to the contrary, in no event shall the Holder of the Warrants be entitled to exercise the Warrants (or portions thereof) if the sum of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the holder and its affiliates (other than shares of Common Stock which may be deemed beneficially owned through the ownership of the unexercised Warrants and the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company), and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (or portions thereof) with respect to which the determination described herein is being made, would at the time of exercise result in beneficial ownership by the holder and its affiliates of more than 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Regulation 13D-G thereunder, except as otherwise provided in clause (i) of the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the limitation on exercise of the Warrants set forth herein may not be amended without the written consent of the holder hereof and the Company.

(c) Each person in whose name any Warrant Share certificate is issued upon exercise of the Warrants shall for all purposes been deemed to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares for which the Warrants were exercised as of the date of exercise. Certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased, representing the aggregate number of shares specified in the Exercise Agreement, shall be delivered to the holder hereof within a reasonable time after the Warrants shall have been so exercised. The certificates so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the holder hereof and shall be registered in the name of such holder or such other name as shall be designated by such holder. If the Warrants shall have been exercised only in part, then, unless the Warrants have expired, the Company shall, at its expense, at the time of delivery of such certificates, deliver to the holder a new Warrant Certificate representing the number of Warrants which have not been exercised.

3.2 Issuance of Warrant Shares. The Warrant Shares purchased shall be issued to the Holder exercising the Warrants as of the close of business on the business day on which all actions and payments required to be taken or made by the Holder hereunder shall have been so taken or made. Certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder as soon as reasonably practicable after the Warrants are so exercised.

3.3 Cashless Exercise. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in lieu of exercising the Warrants by paying the Exercise Price in the manner set forth in Section 3.1(a), prior to its expiration pursuant to Section 1.2, the Holder may, by providing notice thereof to the Company along with the Notice of Exercise, elect to exercise the Warrants for a reduced number of Warrant Shares determined in accordance with the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)

A

Where:

X = The number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Y = The number of Warrant Shares purchasable under the Warrants (at the date of such exercise).

A = The fair market value of one share of Common Stock (or other security for which the Warrants are then exercisable at the date of such exercise).

B = Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such exercise).

For purposes of this Section 3.3, the "fair market value" per share shall be equal to, in the event the Warrants are being exercised at the time the Company's Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on any such exchange or listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the average sale price of the Common Stock on such exchange or system during the twenty business days immediately preceding the date of exercise of the Warrants, or otherwise shall be determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors.



IV. Rights of the Holder

4.1 No Rights or Liabilities as Shareholder. Except as provided herein, the Holder

shall not, solely by virtue of the Warrants and prior to the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon due exercise hereof, be entitled to any rights as a shareholder of the Company. No provision of this Warrant Certificate, in the absence of affirmative action by the holder hereof to purchase Warrant Shares, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Exercise Price or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

4.2 Certain Covenants. The Company will (a) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Warrant Shares will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof and the payment of the Exercise Price therefor, be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable and (b) use its reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof as may be necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under the Warrant Certificate. The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by it hereunder, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant Certificate and in the taking of all such action as may reasonably be requested by the holder of this Warrant in order to protect the exercise privilege of the holder of the Warrants against dilution or other impairment, consistent with the tenor and purpose of this Warrant Certificate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) will not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of the Warrants above the Exercise Price then in effect, and (ii) will take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereof and payment of the Exercise Price therefor.

V. Loss

Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Certificate, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of the Warrant Certificate, if mutilated, the Company shall immediately execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date.

VI. Legend On Warrant Shares

6.1 Legend. The certificates representing the Warrant Shares shall bear a legend

substantially similar to the following:

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

VII. Registration Rights

The Holder shall be entitled to registration rights pursuant to the terms of that certain Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the signatories thereto (the "Registration Rights Agreement") of even date herewith.



VIII. Miscellaneous

8.1 Representations of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The execution and delivery of the Warrants and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on part of the Company in accordance with its Restated Bylaws and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

(b) This Warrant Certificate has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of creditors' rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.

(c) Upon issuance thereof in accordance with the terms hereof and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, all of the Warrant Shares will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

(d) Except for filings under applicable state and federal securities laws, the Company has obtained all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof as may be necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

(e) There are no state statutes or other "anti-takeover" laws applicable to the Company, to the issuance of the Warrants by the Company, or to the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Warrants which would have, among other things, the effect of nullifying the transactions contemplated by this Warrant Certificate, or affecting the Holder's voting rights or other rights as a shareholder following such exercise, or to the extent there are such applicable state statutes or other "anti-takeover" laws, the Company and its Board of Directors have taken all steps necessary under such statutes or laws to render them inapplicable to the Company, the issuance of the Warrants, and the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrants.

8.2 Assignment. The rights, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Company. The Warrants and the rights granted to the Holder hereof are transferable by the Holder, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate, together with a properly executed assignment in the form attached hereto, at the office or agency of the Company.



If, at the time of the surrender of this Warrant Certificate in connection with any exercise, transfer, or exchange of the Warrants, the Warrants (or, in the case of any exercise, the Warrant Shares issuable hereunder), are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and under applicable state securities or blue sky laws, the Company may require, as a condition of allowing such exercise, transfer, or exchange, (i) that the Holder or transferee of this Warrant, as the case may be, furnish to the Company a written opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel are acceptable to the Company, to the effect that such exercise, transfer, or exchange may be made without registration under said Act and under applicable state securities or blue sky laws, (ii) that the holder or transferee execute and deliver to the Company an investment letter in form and substance acceptable to the Company and (iii) that the transferee be an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that no such opinion, letter or status as an "accredited investor" shall be required in connection with a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The first holder of the Warrants, by taking and holding the same, represents to the Company that such holder is acquiring the Warrants for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof.

8.3 Modification. No term or provision contained herein may be modified, amended or waived except by written agreement or consent signed by the party to be bound thereby.

8.4 Binding Effect and Benefit. The Warrants shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors in interest and permitted assigns.

8.5 Further Assurances. Company agrees that from time to time hereafter, upon request, it will, at its sole expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and documents and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of the Warrants.

8.6 Governing Law: Waiver of Jury Trial. THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE SHALL BE INTERPRETED, AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ARKANSAS. AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR NEW VALUE THIS DAY RECEIVED, THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE WARRANTS. THE COMPANY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH THE COMPANY MAY HAVE BASED ON LACK OF JURISDICTION OR IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS TO ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY THE HOLDER UNDER THE WARRANTS IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN ARKANSAS AND CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE HOLDER TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH HAS JURISDICTION OVER THE COMPANY OR ITS PROPERTY.

8.7 Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and documents referred to in this agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by any reference thereto as if fully set out.

8.8 Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (all counterparts together reflecting the signature of all parties) each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.9 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. Company hereby irrevocably (i) consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Arkansas and of any federal court located in Arkansas in connection with any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agreement, or any other document or exhibit relating hereto or delivered in connection therewith and (ii) consents that service of legal process in any such action or proceeding may be made in any manner permitted by the rules of practice and procedure applicable to such courts.

8.10 Survival of Agreements. All agreements, covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant.

8.11 Headings and Captions. Subject headings and captions are included for convenience purposes only and shall not affect the interpretation of this agreement.

8.12 Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing, and either (i) delivered in person, (ii) sent by express mail or other overnight delivery service providing receipt of delivery, (iii) mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (iv) sent by telex, telegraph or other facsimile transmission as follows:

If to Company addressed or delivered in person to:

Williams & Anderson LLP

Re: Cytomedix, Inc.

111 Center St., 22nd Floor

Little Rock, AR 72201

Facsimile: (501) 372-6453

If to the Holder, addressed or delivered in person to:



or to such other address as either party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section.

Any such notice or communication, if given or made by prepaid, registered or certified mail or by recorded express delivery, shall be deemed to have been made when actually received, but not later than three (3) business days after the same was properly posted or given to such express delivery service and if made properly by telex, telecopy or other facsimile transmission such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been made at the time of dispatch.

8.15 Severability. If any portion of this agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not impair the enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions herein, which may remain effective, and to this end this agreement is declared to be severable.

8.16 Time for Performance. This Warrant Certificate shall be issued as soon as practicable after the Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization by the Bankruptcy Court.

8.17 Waiver. No waiver of a default, breach or other violation of any provision of this agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent default, breach or other violation or limit or restrict any right or remedy otherwise available. No delay or omission on the part of the Holder to exercise any right or power arising by reason of a default shall impair any such right or power or prevent its exercise at any time during the continuance thereof

8.18 Gender and Pronouns. Throughout this agreement, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa as the context requires.

8.19 Entire Agreement. This Warrant Certificate constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes any and all other prior agreements, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter contained herein.

8.20 Remedies. The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder, by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Company acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Warrant Certificate will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Company of the provisions of this Warrant Certificate, that the holder shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, and in addition to the penalties assessable herein, to an injunction or injunctions restraining, preventing or curing any breach of this Warrant Certificate and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the ________ day of _______________, 2002.

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

By: _________________

Kent Smith, President



ATTEST:



_____________________________

EXHIBIT A

EXERCISE NOTICE

[To be executed only upon exercise of Warrants]

The undersigned registered owner of the Warrants irrevocably exercises ____ Warrants for the purchase of _____shares of Common Stock of Cytomedix, Inc. , and herewith makes payment therefor, all at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the attached Warrant Certificate and requests that certificates for the shares of Common Stock hereby purchased (and any securities or other property issuable upon such exercise) be issued in the name of and delivered to the person specified below whose address is set forth below, and, if such shares of Common Stock shall not include all of the shares of Common Stock now and hereafter issuable as provided in the attached Warrant Certificate, then Cytomedix, Inc. shall, at its own expense, promptly issue to the undersigned a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date for the balance of the shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder.

Date: ____________________

Amount of Shares Purchased: ________________________

Aggregate Purchase Price: $_________________________

Printed Name of Registered Holder: _____________________________

Signature of Registered Holder: ___________________________

NOTICE: The signature on this Exercise Notice must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the attached Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

Stock Certificates to be issued and registered in the following name, and delivered to the following address:

__________________________________

(Name)

__________________________________

(Street Address)

__________________________________

(City) (State) (Zip Code)







ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers all the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with respect to the number of Warrants set forth hereinbelow, to:

Name of Assignee Address No of Warrants







And the undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints as agent and attorney-in-fact to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within-named corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:___________ , 200__



In the presence of: _______________________

Name: ______________________

Title of Signing Officer or Agent (if any):

_________________________________

Address:

________________________________

________________________________

Note: The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the face of the within Warrant, if applicable.









EX-2 7 warrantb.htm IA65 PROPOSED CLASS B WARRANT

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.



CLASS B WARRANT CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

Representing ______ Class B Warrants

To Purchase Shares of Common Stock of

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, for value received, _____________________ or its assigns (the Holder"), is entitled to purchase from Cytomedix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), _________________ (______) shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Common Stock"), on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

I. Grant of Warrant

1.1 Grant and Vesting. The Company hereby grants to the Holder _____ Class B Warrants ("Warrants") to purchase up to ___________ (___) shares of Common Stock at a purchase price equal to $1.50 per share of Common Stock (the "Exercise Price"). The Warrants shall vest as to all shares of Common Stock immediately. The shares of Common Stock for which the Warrants may be exercised are referred to as the "Warrant Shares."

1.2 Exercise Period. The Warrants shall be exercisable commencing on the date of original issuance of the Warrants (the "Exercisability Date") and continue to be exercisable for the period (the "Exercise Period") until 5:00 p.m., Central Standard Time, on the date that is three (3) years from the date of issuance of the Warrants.

1.3 Shares To Be Issued; Reservation of Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that (a) all of the securities issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereof will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof (b) the Company will cause during the Exercise Period, there to be authorized and reserved a sufficient number of securities to provide for the exercise of this Warrants in full, and (c) the Company shall promptly secure the listing of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants upon each national securities exchange or automated quotation system, if any, upon which shares of Common Stock are then listed (subject to official notice of issuance upon exercise of the Warrants) and shall maintain, so long as any other shares of Common Stock shall be so listed, such listing of all shares of Common Stock from time to time issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants; and the Company shall so list on each national securities exchange or automated quotation system, as the case may be, and shall maintain such listing of; any other shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants if and so long as any shares of the same class shall be listed on such national securities exchange or automated quotation system.

II. Adjustments to Warrants

2.1 Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Company shall combine all of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately decreased and the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased, as of the effective date of such combination, as follows: (a) the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to the effective date of such combination shall be adjusted so that the Holder of the Warrants, if exercised on or after that date, shall be entitled to receive the number and kind of Warrant Shares which the Holder of the Warrants would have owned and been entitled to receive as a result of the combination had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date, and (b) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrants immediately thereafter. If the Company shall subdivide all of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionally increased and the Exercise Price in effect prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately decreased, as of the effective date of such subdivision, as follows: (a) the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to the effective date of such subdivision, shall be adjusted so that the Holder of the Warrants, if exercised on or after that date, shall be entitled to receive the number and kind of Warrant Shares which the Holder of the Warrants would have owned and been entitled to receive as a result of the subdivision had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date, and (b) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately thereafter.

2.2 Stock Dividends and Distributions. If the Company shall fix a record date for the holders of its Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately increased and the Exercise Price in effect prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date shall be proportionately decreased, as of the time of such issuance, or in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, as follows: (a) the number of Warrant Shares purchasable immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date shall be adjusted so that the Holder of the Warrants, if exercised after that date, shall be entitled to receive the number and kind of Warrant Shares which the Holder of the Warrants would have owned and been entitled to receive as a result of the dividend or distribution had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date, and (b) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants immediately thereafter.

2.3 Other Dividends and Distributions. If the Company shall fix a record date for the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, then lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the Holder of the Warrants shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants, for the applicable exercise price in effect prior thereto, in addition to the number of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, the kind and number of securities of the Company which the Holder would have owned and been entitled to receive had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior to that date.

2.4 Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If the Common Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than by a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Article II), then the Holder of the Warrants shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, for the aggregate exercise price in effect prior thereto, the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change, by the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Warrants could have been exercised immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or other change (in any event, subject to further anti-dilution protection as provided in this Section 2).

2.5 Reorganizations, Mergers. Consolidations or Sales of Assets. If any of the following transactions (each, a "Special Transaction") shall become effective: (a) a capital reorganization, share exchange or exchange offer (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Article II), (b) a consolidation or merger of the Company with and into another entity, or (c) a sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, then as a condition of any Special Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made so that the Holder of the Warrants shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon exercise of the Warrants, in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, for the applicable exercise price in effect immediately prior to such event, such shares of stock, other securities, cash or other assets as may be issued or payable in and pursuant to the terms of such Special Transaction to the holders of shares for which the Warrants could have been exercised immediately prior to such Special Transaction. In connection with any Special Transaction, appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of the Warrants to the end that the provisions of the Warrants (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustment of the applicable exercise price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant), shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be practicable, to any shares of stock, other securities, cash or other assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall not effect any Special Transaction unless prior to, or simultaneously with, the closing thereof; the successor entity and the issuer of the securities into which the Warrants are exercisable (if other than the Company), resulting from such Special Transaction, shall assume by a written instrument executed and mailed by certified mail or delivered to the Holder of the Warrants at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation of the Company or such successor corporation to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities, cash or other assets, as in accordance with the foregoing provisions, which the Holder shall have the right to purchase.

2.6 Notice. Whenever the Warrants or the number of Warrant Shares are to be adjusted as provided herein, the Company shall forthwith, as soon as reasonably practicable, cause to be sent to the Holder a notice stating in reasonable detail the relevant facts and any resulting adjustments and the calculation thereof.

2.7 Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would be issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants, the Company shall, upon such issuance, purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the current value of such fraction, computed on the basis of the last reported closing price of the Common Stock on the securities exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or traded, as the case may be, if any, on the last business day prior to the date of exercise upon which such a sale shall have been effected, or, if the Common Stock is not so listed or traded on an exchange or quotation system, as the Board of Directors of the Company may in good faith determine.

2.8 Effect of Alternate Securities. If at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Article II, the Holder of the Warrants shall thereafter become entitled to receive any securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, then the number of such other securities receivable upon exercise of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to shares of Common Stock contained in this Article II.

2.9 Successive Application. The provisions of this Article II shall apply from time to time to successive events covered by this Article II. Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by this Article II, all references to Common Stock, to the Company and to other defined terms shall be equitably adjusted to protect the interests of the Holder.

2.10 Other Notices. In case at any time:

(i) the Company shall declare any dividend upon the Common Stock payable in shares of stock of any class or make any other distribution (including dividends or distributions payable in cash out of retained earnings) to the holders of the Common Stock;

(ii) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

(iii) there shall be any capital reorganization of the Company, or reclassification of the Common Stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with or into, or sale of all or substantially all its assets to, another corporation or entity; or

(iv) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company.

Then, in each such case, the Company shall give to the holder of the Warrants (a) notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights or for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up and (b) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, notice of the date (or, if not then known, a reasonable approximation thereof by the Company) when the same shall take place. Such notice shall also specify the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights or to exchange their Common Stock for stock or other securities or property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up, as the case may be. Such notice shall be given at least twenty (20) business days prior to the record date or the date on which the Company's books are closed in respect thereto. Failure to give any such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the proceedings referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

2.11 Adjustments to Exercise Price. Notwithstanding anything herein, no adjustment to the Exercise Price shall be made with respect to the issuance of securities by the Company.



III. Exercise

3.1 Exercise of Warrants.

(a) The Holder may exercise the Warrants by (i) surrendering this Warrant Certificate with the form of exercise notice attached hereto as Exhibit "A" duly executed by the Holder, and (ii) making payment to the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price for the applicable Warrant Shares in cash, by certified check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company. Upon any partial exercise of this Warrant, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly issue to the Holder for its surrendered Warrant Certificate a replacement Warrant Certificate identical in all respects to this Warrant Certificate, except that the number of Warrant Shares shall be reduced accordingly.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant Certificate to the contrary, in no event shall the Holder of the Warrants be entitled to exercise the Warrants (or portions thereof) if the sum of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the holder and its affiliates (other than shares of Common Stock which may be deemed beneficially owned through the ownership of the unexercised Warrants and the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company), and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (or portions thereof) with respect to which the determination described herein is being made, would at the time of exercise result in beneficial ownership by the holder and its affiliates of more than 4.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Regulation 13D-G thereunder, except as otherwise provided in clause (i) of the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the limitation on exercise of the Warrants set forth herein may not be amended without the written consent of the holder hereof and the Company.

(c) Each person in whose name any Warrant Share certificate is issued upon exercise of the Warrants shall for all purposes been deemed to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares for which the Warrants were exercised as of the date of exercise. Certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased, representing the aggregate number of shares specified in the Exercise Agreement, shall be delivered to the holder hereof within a reasonable time after the Warrants shall have been so exercised. The certificates so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the holder hereof and shall be registered in the name of such holder or such other name as shall be designated by such holder. If the Warrants shall have been exercised only in part, then, unless the Warrants have expired, the Company shall, at its expense, at the time of delivery of such certificates, deliver to the holder a new Warrant Certificate representing the number of Warrants which have not been exercised.

3.2 Issuance of Warrant Shares. The Warrant Shares purchased shall be issued to the Holder exercising the Warrants as of the close of business on the business day on which all actions and payments required to be taken or made by the Holder hereunder shall have been so taken or made. Certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder as soon as reasonably practicable after the Warrants are so exercised.

3.3 Cashless Exercise. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, in lieu of exercising the Warrants by paying the Exercise Price in the manner set forth in Section 3.1(a), prior to its expiration pursuant to Section 1.2, the Holder may, by providing notice thereof to the Company along with the Notice of Exercise, elect to exercise the Warrants for a reduced number of Warrant Shares determined in accordance with the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)

A

Where:

X = The number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Y = The number of Warrant Shares purchasable under the Warrants (at the date of such exercise).

A = The fair market value of one share of Common Stock (or other security for which the Warrants are then exercisable at the date of such exercise).

B = Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such exercise).

For purposes of this Section 3.3, the "fair market value" per share shall be equal to, in the event the Warrants are being exercised at the time the Company's Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on any such exchange or listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the average sale price of the Common Stock on such exchange or system during the twenty business days immediately preceding the date of exercise of the Warrants, or otherwise shall be determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors.



IV. Rights of the Holder

4.1 No Rights or Liabilities as Shareholder. Except as provided herein, the Holder

shall not, solely by virtue of the Warrants and prior to the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon due exercise hereof, be entitled to any rights as a shareholder of the Company. No provision of this Warrant Certificate, in the absence of affirmative action by the holder hereof to purchase Warrant Shares, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of such holder for the Exercise Price or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

4.2 Certain Covenants. The Company will (a) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Warrant Shares will, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof and the payment of the Exercise Price therefor, be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable and (b) use its reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof as may be necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under the Warrant Certificate. The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by it hereunder, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant Certificate and in the taking of all such action as may reasonably be requested by the holder of this Warrant in order to protect the exercise privilege of the holder of the Warrants against dilution or other impairment, consistent with the tenor and purpose of this Warrant Certificate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) will not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock receivable upon the exercise of the Warrants above the Exercise Price then in effect, and (ii) will take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereof and payment of the Exercise Price therefor.

V. Loss

Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Certificate, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of the Warrant Certificate, if mutilated, the Company shall immediately execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date.

VI. Legend On Warrant Shares

6.1 Legend. The certificates representing the Warrant Shares shall bear a legend

substantially similar to the following:

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

VII. Registration Rights

The Holder shall be entitled to registration rights pursuant to the terms of that certain Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and the signatories thereto (the "Registration Rights Agreement") of even date herewith.



VIII. Miscellaneous

8.1 Representations of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The execution and delivery of the Warrants and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on part of the Company in accordance with its Restated Bylaws and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

(b) This Warrant Certificate has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of creditors' rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.

(c) Upon issuance thereof in accordance with the terms hereof and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, all of the Warrant Shares will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.

(d) Except for filings under applicable state and federal securities laws, the Company has obtained all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof as may be necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

(e) There are no state statutes or other "anti-takeover" laws applicable to the Company, to the issuance of the Warrants by the Company, or to the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Warrants which would have, among other things, the effect of nullifying the transactions contemplated by this Warrant Certificate, or affecting the Holder's voting rights or other rights as a shareholder following such exercise, or to the extent there are such applicable state statutes or other "anti-takeover" laws, the Company and its Board of Directors have taken all steps necessary under such statutes or laws to render them inapplicable to the Company, the issuance of the Warrants, and the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrants.

8.2 Assignment. The rights, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Company. The Warrants and the rights granted to the Holder hereof are transferable by the Holder, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate, together with a properly executed assignment in the form attached hereto, at the office or agency of the Company.



If, at the time of the surrender of this Warrant Certificate in connection with any exercise, transfer, or exchange of the Warrants, the Warrants (or, in the case of any exercise, the Warrant Shares issuable hereunder), are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and under applicable state securities or blue sky laws, the Company may require, as a condition of allowing such exercise, transfer, or exchange, (i) that the Holder or transferee of this Warrant, as the case may be, furnish to the Company a written opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel are acceptable to the Company, to the effect that such exercise, transfer, or exchange may be made without registration under said Act and under applicable state securities or blue sky laws, (ii) that the holder or transferee execute and deliver to the Company an investment letter in form and substance acceptable to the Company and (iii) that the transferee be an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that no such opinion, letter or status as an "accredited investor" shall be required in connection with a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The first holder of the Warrants, by taking and holding the same, represents to the Company that such holder is acquiring the Warrants for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof.

8.3 Modification. No term or provision contained herein may be modified, amended or waived except by written agreement or consent signed by the party to be bound thereby.

8.4 Binding Effect and Benefit. The Warrants shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors in interest and permitted assigns.

8.5 Further Assurances. Company agrees that from time to time hereafter, upon request, it will, at its sole expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and documents and take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of the Warrants.

8.6 Governing Law: Waiver of Jury Trial. THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE SHALL BE INTERPRETED, AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ARKANSAS. AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR NEW VALUE THIS DAY RECEIVED, THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE WARRANTS. THE COMPANY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH THE COMPANY MAY HAVE BASED ON LACK OF JURISDICTION OR IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS TO ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY THE HOLDER UNDER THE WARRANTS IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN ARKANSAS AND CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE HOLDER TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH HAS JURISDICTION OVER THE COMPANY OR ITS PROPERTY.

8.7 Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and documents referred to in this agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by any reference thereto as if fully set out.

8.8 Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (all counterparts together reflecting the signature of all parties) each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.9 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. Company hereby irrevocably (i) consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Arkansas and of any federal court located in Arkansas in connection with any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agreement, or any other document or exhibit relating hereto or delivered in connection therewith and (ii) consents that service of legal process in any such action or proceeding may be made in any manner permitted by the rules of practice and procedure applicable to such courts.

8.10 Survival of Agreements. All agreements, covenants, representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant.

8.11 Headings and Captions. Subject headings and captions are included for convenience purposes only and shall not affect the interpretation of this agreement.

8.12 Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing, and either (i) delivered in person, (ii) sent by express mail or other overnight delivery service providing receipt of delivery, (iii) mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (iv) sent by telex, telegraph or other facsimile transmission as follows:

If to Company addressed or delivered in person to:

Williams & Anderson LLP

Re: Cytomedix, Inc.

111 Center St., 22nd Floor

Little Rock, AR 72201

Facsimile: (501) 372-6453

If to the Holder, addressed or delivered in person to:



or to such other address as either party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section.

Any such notice or communication, if given or made by prepaid, registered or certified mail or by recorded express delivery, shall be deemed to have been made when actually received, but not later than three (3) business days after the same was properly posted or given to such express delivery service and if made properly by telex, telecopy or other facsimile transmission such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been made at the time of dispatch.

8.15 Severability. If any portion of this agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall not impair the enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions herein, which may remain effective, and to this end this agreement is declared to be severable.

8.16 Time for Performance. This Warrant Certificate shall be issued as soon as practicable after the Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization by the Bankruptcy Court.

8.17 Waiver. No waiver of a default, breach or other violation of any provision of this agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent default, breach or other violation or limit or restrict any right or remedy otherwise available. No delay or omission on the part of the Holder to exercise any right or power arising by reason of a default shall impair any such right or power or prevent its exercise at any time during the continuance thereof

8.18 Gender and Pronouns. Throughout this agreement, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa as the context requires.

8.19 Entire Agreement. This Warrant Certificate constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes any and all other prior agreements, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter contained herein.

8.20 Remedies. The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder, by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Company acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Warrant Certificate will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Company of the provisions of this Warrant Certificate, that the holder shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, and in addition to the penalties assessable herein, to an injunction or injunctions restraining, preventing or curing any breach of this Warrant Certificate and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed and delivered as of the ________ day of _______________, 2002.

CYTOMEDIX, INC.





By: _____________________

Kent Smith, President



ATTEST:

_____________________________



EXHIBIT A

EXERCISE NOTICE

[To be executed only upon exercise of Warrants]

The undersigned registered owner of the Warrants irrevocably exercises ____ Warrants for the purchase of _____shares of Common Stock of Cytomedix, Inc. , and herewith makes payment therefor, all at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the attached Warrant Certificate and requests that certificates for the shares of Common Stock hereby purchased (and any securities or other property issuable upon such exercise) be issued in the name of and delivered to the person specified below whose address is set forth below, and, if such shares of Common Stock shall not include all of the shares of Common Stock now and hereafter issuable as provided in the attached Warrant Certificate, then Cytomedix, Inc. shall, at its own expense, promptly issue to the undersigned a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date for the balance of the shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder.

Date: ____________________

Amount of Shares Purchased: ________________________

Aggregate Purchase Price: $_________________________

Printed Name of Registered Holder: _____________________________

Signature of Registered Holder: ___________________________

NOTICE: The signature on this Exercise Notice must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the attached Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

Stock Certificates to be issued and registered in the following name, and delivered to the following address:

__________________________________

(Name)

__________________________________

(Street Address)

__________________________________

(City) (State) (Zip Code)







ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers all the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with respect to the number of Warrants set forth hereinbelow, to:

Name of Assignee Address No of Warrants







And the undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints as agent and attorney-in-fact to transfer said Warrant on the books of the within-named corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:___________ , 200__



In the presence of: _______________________

Name: ______________________

Title of Signing Officer or Agent (if any):

_________________________________

Address:

________________________________

________________________________

Note: The above signature should correspond exactly with the name on the face of the within Warrant, if applicable. EX-2 8 stkcerta.htm IA70 PROPOSED STOCK CERTIFICATE FOR SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RES\OLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.



Number ___________ ___________ Shares

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $.0001



THIS CERTIFIES THAT:



_______________________________________

is the owner of __________ fully paid and non-assessable shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Cytomedix, Inc. transferable only on the books of the Cytomedix, Inc. by the holder thereof or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED: AUTHORIZED BY:

_________________________ _____________________________

President



_____________________________

Secretary



The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF TRANSFERS MIN ACT - ............ Custodian ................

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act .....................

(State)

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship

and not as tenants in common



For Value Received, _____________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

(Please print name and address including postal zip code of assignee; please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee)

______________ Shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Cytomedix, Inc. represented by

the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of Cytomedix, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated _________________________ ____________________________________

Signature of Assignor

(Must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.)

In presence of:



_______________________________ ____________________________________ EX-2 9 stkcertb.htm IA71 PROPOSED STOCK CERTIFICATE FOR SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.



Number ___________ ___________ Shares

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $.0001



THIS CERTIFIES THAT:



_______________________________________

is the owner of __________ fully paid and non-assessable shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of Cytomedix, Inc. transferable only on the books of the Cytomedix, Inc. by the holder thereof or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED: AUTHORIZED BY:

_________________________ _____________________________

President



_____________________________

Secretary



The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF TRANSFERS MIN ACT - ............ Custodian ................

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act .....................

(State)

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship

and not as tenants in common



For Value Received, _____________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

(Please print name and address including postal zip code of assignee; please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee)

______________ Shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of Cytomedix, Inc. represented by

the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of Cytomedix, Inc. with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated _________________________ ____________________________________

Signature of Assignor

(Must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.)

In presence of:



_______________________________ ____________________________________ EX-2 10 bylaws.htm IA91 PROPOSED RESTATED BYLAWS

RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, Delaware 19901, in the County of Kent, Delaware. The registered agent in charge thereof shall be Incorporating Services, Ltd.

Section 1.2 Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1 Place of Meeting. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.2 Annual Meetings. A meeting of stockholders shall be held in each year for the election of directors at such time and place as the board of directors shall determine. Any other proper business, notice of which was given in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, may be transacted at the annual meeting. Elections of directors shall be by written ballot.

Section 2.3 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every election of directors, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said election, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the election, either at a place within the city, town or village where the election is to be held and which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held, and the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of election during the whole time thereof, and subject to the inspection of any stockholder present.

Section 2.4 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.5 Notice. Unless otherwise provided by law, written notice of the annual meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the Secretary or the officer or person calling the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United states mail addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

Section 2.6 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote and present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. Any business may be transacted at the reconvened meeting which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 2.7 Majority Vote. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power, present in person or represented by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one on which, by express provision of the statutes or of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern.

Section 2.8 Voting. Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder. At any meeting of the shareholders, every shareholder having the right to vote may vote either in person, or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from its execution date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Each proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation prior to or at the time of the meeting. Voting for directors shall be in accordance with Section 3.5 of these Restated Bylaws. Any vote may be taken by voice or by show of hands unless someone entitled to vote objects, in which case written ballots shall be used.

Section 2.9 Record Date. The Board may fix in advance a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders, the record date to be not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the meeting. In the absence of any action by the Board of Directors, the date upon which the notice of the meeting is mailed shall be the record date.

Section 2.10 Action Without Meeting. Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the shareholders. The consent may be in more than one counterpart so long as each shareholder signs one of the counterparts. The signed consent(s) shall be placed in the minute book. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Management. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors who may exercise all powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things not directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

Section 3.2 Number; Qualification; Term. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be such number as the board of directors may determine, but in no case shall such number be more than seven. Except as hereinafter provided in Section 3.3 of this Article, the directors, other than those constituting the first board of directors after confirmation of the plan of reorganization by the bankruptcy court, shall be elected by the stockholders at each annual meeting, and each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

Section 3.3 Removal. The entire board of directors or any one or more of the directors may be removed, either for or without cause at any annual meeting of shareholders or special meeting called expressly for that purpose, by the affirmative vote in person or by proxy of a majority in number of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 3.4 Vacancies. Any vacancy in the board of directors (other than a vacancy occurring through shareholders' removal of a director), whether by death, resignation, removal, creation of new directorship or otherwise, may be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors even though the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until his successor is duly elected and qualified.

Section 3.5 Election of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, directors shall be elected by a plurality vote at the annual meeting of the shareholders. At each such election of directors, every shareholder entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election there is a right to vote.

Section 3.6 Place of Meeting. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 3.7 Annual Meetings. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without further notice immediately after and at the same place as the meeting of the stockholders at which it was elected, unless otherwise agreed by unanimous consent of the directors then elected.

Section 3.8 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 3.9 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on two days notice to each director, either personally, by mail, by telegram or facsimile transmission. Special meetings may be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by statute, Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated Bylaws, the business to be transacted at any special meeting need not be specified in a notice or waiver of notice.

Section 3.10 Quorum; Majority Vote. At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors then present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.11 Compensation. The board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 3.12 Procedure. The board of directors shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings. The minutes shall be placed in the minute book of the corporation.

Section 3.13 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. The consent(s) may be in more than one counterpart so long as each director signs one of the counterparts.

Section 3.14 Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or amending the by-laws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 3.15 Telephone Meetings. Members of the board of directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or of a committee of the board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 4.1 Method. Whenever by statute, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these Restated Bylaws, or otherwise, notice is required to be given to a director, committee member or security holder, and no provision is made as to how the notice shall be given, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but any such notice may be given: (a) in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the director, committee member or security holder at the address appearing on the books of the corporation or (b) in any other method permitted by law.

Section 4.2 Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by these Restated Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular, or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS AND AGENTS

Section 5.1 Number; Qualification; Election; Term.

(a) The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be (1) a president, a vice president, a secretary and a treasurer and (2) such other officers (including a chairman of the board and additional vice presidents) and assistant officers and agents as the board of directors may think necessary.

(b) Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, but in no case shall the same person serve as both president and secretary.

(c) Officers of the corporation shall not be required to be shareholders of the corporation. Officers need not be members of the board of directors.

(d) Officers shall be elected by the board of directors on the expiration of an officer's term or whenever a vacancy exists. Officers and agents may be elected by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting.

(e) The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

Section 5.2 Removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed by the board whenever in its judgment the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 5.3 Authority. Officers and agents shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the corporation as are provided in these Restated Bylaws or as may be determined by resolution of the board not inconsistent with these Restated Bylaws.

Section 5.4 Compensation. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 5.5 President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5.6 Vice President. The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the president and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or the president may from time to time delegate.

Section 5.7 Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision the secretary serves. The secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal and the secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by the secretary's signature or by the signature of the treasurer or assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or the president may from time to time delegate.

Section 5.8 Assistant Secretary. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or the president may from time to time delegate.

Section 5.9 Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors at its regular meetings or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the treasurer's possession or under his control belonging to the corporation. The treasurer shall perform such other duties and have such other authority and powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or the president may from time to time delegate.

Section 5.10 Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or the President may from time to time delegate.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 6.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation. Each certificate shall state on its face the holder's name, the number and class of shares, the par value of the shares and such other matters as may be required by law and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof.

Section 6.2 Issuance. Shares (both treasury and authorized but unissued) may be issued for such consideration (not less than par value) and to such persons, as the board of directors may determine from time to time. Shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration, fixed as provided by law, has been paid.

Section 6.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. Such request for the issuance of a new certificate must be made before the corporation has notice that the certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the issuance of such new certificate. Section 6.4 Transfer. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares endorsed by the registered owner or by his duly authorized attorney, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transactions upon its books, unless the corporation has a duty to inquire as to adverse claims with respect to such transfer which has not been discharged.

Section 6.5 Duty Of Inquiry. The corporation shall have no duty to inquire into adverse claims with respect to such transfer unless the corporation has received a written notification of an adverse claim at a time and in a manner which affords the corporation a reasonable opportunity to act on it prior to the issuance of a new, reissued or re-registered share certificate and the notification identifies the claimant, the registered owner and the issue of which the share or shares is a part and provides an address for communications directed to the claimant. The corporation may discharge any duty of inquiry by any reasonable means, including notifying an adverse claimant by registered or certified mail at the address furnished by him that the security has been presented for registration of transfer by a named person, and that the transfer will be registered unless within thirty days from the date of mailing the notification, either (a) an appropriate restraining order, injunction or other process issues from a court of competent jurisdiction; or (b) an indemnity bond, sufficient in the corporation's judgment to protect the corporation and any transfer agent, registrar or other agent of the corporation involved from any loss which it or they may suffer by complying with the adverse claim, is filed with the corporation.

Section 6.6 Registered Owner. Prior to due presentment for transfer of any share or shares, the corporation shall treat the registered owner thereof as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and to all other benefits of ownership with respect to such share or shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 7.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any Certificate of Designation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Certificate of Designation.

Section 7.2 Record Date. The board of directors may fix in advance a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the record date to be not more than fifty days prior to the payment date of such dividend, or the board of directors may close the stock transfer books for such purposes for a period of not more than fifty days prior to the payment date of such dividend. In the absence of any action by the board of directors, the date upon which the board of directors adopts the resolution declaring the dividend shall be the record date.

Section 7.3 Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 7.4 Checks and Notes. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate. Section 7.5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the calendar year.

Section 7.6 Resignation. A director, officer or agent may resign by giving written notice to the president or secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified in it, or immediately if no time is specified. Unless it specifies otherwise, a resignation takes effect without being accepted.

Section 7.7 Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

Section 7.8 Amendment of Bylaws. These Restated Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole board of directors. These Restated Bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon, provided that notices of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal is contained in the notice of the meeting.

Section 7.9 Construction and Severability. Whenever the context so requires, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular shall include the plural, and conversely. If any portion of these Restated Bylaws shall be invalid or inoperative, then the remainder of these Restated Bylaws shall be considered valid and operative. Effect shall also be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.

Section 7.10 Headings. The headings are for organization, convenience and clarity. In interpreting these Restated Bylaws, the headings shall be subordinated in importance to the other written material.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1 Indemnification. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.2 Right to Indemnification. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 8.1, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. No indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 8.3 Process. Any indemnification under Section 8.1 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such section. Such determination shall be made:

l. By the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding; or

2. If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

3. By the stockholders.

Section 8.4 Advancement of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section. Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

Section 8.5 Nonexclusivity of Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Sections of this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Section 8.6 Insurance. The corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

We, THE UNDERSIGNED, constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation, do hereby adopt these Restated Bylaws this ____ day of ___________, 2002.

[DIRECTORS' SIGNATURES]

EX-2 11 certinc.htm IA92A PROPOSED RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

Cytomedix, Inc. (the "Corporation") was originally incorporated as Informatix Holdings, Inc. on April 29, 1998, by filing its Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State. Informatix Holdings, Inc. changed its name to Autologous Wound Therapy, Inc. and later changed that name to Cytomedix, Inc. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation is duly adopted in accordance with 8 Del. Gen. Corp. Law §245 and has been adopted by the directors and approved by the stockholders in connection with the stockholders' approval of the Plan of Reorganization.

  1. The name of the Corporation is:

CYTOMEDIX, INC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is

Incorporating Services, Ltd., 15 East North Street, Dover, Delaware 19901, located in the County of Kent, Delaware.

The name of its registered agent at such address is

Incorporating Services, Ltd.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is:

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which Corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall consist of 55,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 40,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, with a par value of $.0001 per share, and 15,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, with a par value of $.0001 per share. The voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof are set forth as follows:

Shares of the Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, as provided for herein or as provided for by the Board of Directors as permitted hereby. All shares of any one series shall be identical in all respects with all the other shares of such series, except the shares of any series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which the dividends thereon may be cumulative.

The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to establish, out of the unissued (including previously issued and subsequently retired) shares of Preferred Stock not then allocated to any series of Preferred Stock, additional series of Preferred Stock. Before any shares of any such additional series are issued, the Board of Directors shall fix and determine, and is hereby expressly empowered to fix and determine, by resolution or resolutions, the number of shares constituting such series and the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and immunities, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, so far as such are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Paragraph 4. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors may fix and determine:

a. The designation of such series and the number of shares which shall constitute such series of such shares;

b.The rate of dividend, if any, payable on shares of such series;

c. Whether the shares of such series shall be cumulative, non-cumulative or partially cumulative as to dividends, and the dates from which any cumulative dividends are to accumulate;

d. Whether the shares of such series may be redeemed, and, if so, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions on which shares of such series may be redeemed;

e. The amount payable upon shares of such series in the event of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

f. The sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption of shares of such series;

g. The voting rights, if any, of the shares of such series;

h. The terms and conditions, if any, on which shares of such series may be converted into shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any other class or series;

i. Whether the shares of such series are to be preferred over shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any other class or series as to dividends, or upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, or otherwise; and

j. Any other characteristics, preferences, limitations, rights, privileges, immunities or terms not inconsistent with the provisions of this Paragraph 4.

Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held by him or her on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

5. The Corporation is prohibited from issuing nonvoting equity securities.

6. The Corporation shall appropriately distribute voting power among the various classes of securities issued including, but not limited to, providing for the election of Directors to the Board by holders of any class of security to which the Company has failed to pay a required dividend for six consecutive quarters.

7. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

8. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Restated By-Laws of the Corporation. Elections of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the Restated By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

9. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

10. A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director except for liability (i) for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived any improper personal benefit.

11. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provision of §291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of §279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

We, THE UNDERSIGNED, constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation, for the purpose of filing a Restated Certificate of Incorporation, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is our act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set our hands this ____ day of _____________, 2002.

[DIRECTORS' SIGNATURES]



EX-2 12 certdesig.htm IA92B PROPOSED RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

OF THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF

SERIES A PREFERRED, SERIES B PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK

OF CYTOMEDIX, INC.

Pursuant to the authority granted to the Board of Directors of Cytomedix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") in its Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company hereby certifies the relative rights and preferences of designated Series A Convertible Preferred, Series B Convertible Preferred and Common Stock of Cytomedix, Inc. as voted and approved by the shareholders in connection with their approval of the Plan of Reorganization.

A. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

  1. Designation and Rank: The designation of such series of the Preferred Stock shall be the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock"). The maximum number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be five million (5,000,000) shares. The Series A Preferred Stock shall have a stated liquidation preference (the "Liquidation Preference Amount") of $1.00 per share. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall have preference over and rank (i) senior to the Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share, (ii) senior to the common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and (iii) senior to all other classes and series of equity securities of the Company which by its terms do not rank senior to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ("Junior Stock"). The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall contain a negative covenant prohibiting the Company from granting any security interest in the Company's patents and/or future royalty streams ("Intellectual Property").


2. Dividends:

(a) Payment of Dividends: The holders of record of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) (the "Dividend Rate") of the stated Liquidation Preference Amount per share per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. Such dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall be cumulative and shall accrue and be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock books on such record dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors. Such dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any distribution (as defined in Section 2(d) below) on any outstanding shares of Common Stock or any other equity securities of the Company ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends. Such dividends shall accrue on each share of Series A Preferred Stock from day to day from the date of initial issuance thereof whether or not earned or declared.

(b) On the date that the shareholder has held shares of Series A Preferred Convertible Stock for one year, the shareholder is entitled to be paid his/her/its dividend at the Dividend Rate in additional shares of Series A Preferred Convertible Stock. The number of shares to be paid to the holder is to be based on the fair market value of a share of Series A Preferred Convertible Stock as determined in a way reasonably satisfactory to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock. Each year thereafter on the date dividends are to be paid, the shareholder is entitled to be paid his/her/its dividend in shares of Series A Preferred Convertible Stock in the manner as stated for year one or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, in cash.

(c) So long as any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or make any distribution on, any Junior Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable in additional shares of Junior Stock), unless at the time of such dividend or distribution the Company shall have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

(d) In the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company pursuant to Section 4, all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be payable on the day immediately preceding the date of payment of the preferential amount to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event of a mandatory redemption pursuant to Section 6, all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall be payable on the day immediately preceding the date of such redemption.

(e) For purposes hereof, unless the context otherwise requires, "distribution" shall mean the transfer of cash or property without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise, payable other than in shares of equity securities of the Company, or the purchases or redemption of shares of the Company (other than redemptions set forth in Section 6 below or repurchases of Common Stock held by employees or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase) for cash or property.

(f) If the Company shall fail to pay dividends as required in subparagraph (a) for six (6) consecutive quarters, a majority of the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall have the power to elect one director to the Company's Board of Directors, either by filling an existing vacancy on the Board or by removing a Director of their choice.

3. Voting Rights. So long as the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding, each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to vote on all matters voted on by holders of the Common Stock of the Company voting together as a single class with the other shares entitled to vote, at all meetings of the stockholders of the Company. With respect to any such vote, each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to cast the number of votes equal to the number of votes which could be cast in such vote by a holder of one (1) share of Common Stock of the Company.

4. Liquidation Preference.

(a) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Company, the holders of shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference Amount of the Series A Preferred Stock plus any accrued and unpaid dividends before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other Junior Stock. With regard to the Intellectual Property, the holders of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall rank senior to any and all indebtedness and/or other equity interests and any all persons in order to pay each holder of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock his/her/its Liquidation Preference Amount. If the assets of the Company are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference Amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of outstanding shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, each holder shall be paid an amount equal to a ratably proportionate amount of the total amount available. The liquidation payment with respect to each outstanding fractional share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be equal to a ratably proportionate amount of the liquidation payment with respect to each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, in accordance with the respective amounts that would be payable on such shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. All payments for which this Section 4(a) provides shall be in cash, property (valued at its fair market value as determined by the Company's independent, outside accountant) or a combination thereof, provided, however, that no cash shall be paid to holders of Series B Convertible Preferred or Common Stock unless each holder of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has been paid in cash the full Liquidation Preference Amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to which such holder is entitled as provided herein. After payment of the full Liquidation Preference Amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to which each holder is entitled, such holders of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation as such in any distribution of the assets of the Company.

(b) A consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the effectuation by the Company of a transaction or series of transactions in which more than 50% of the voting shares of the Company is disposed of or conveyed, shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up within the meaning of this section 4. In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall maintain its relative powers, designations and preferences provided for herein and no merger shall result inconsistent therewith.

(c) Written notice of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, stating a payment date and the place where the distributable amounts shall be payable, shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, no less than 45 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to the holders of record of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at their respective addresses as the same shall appear on the books of the Company.

5. Limited Conversion Rights. All Series A Convertible Preferred Stock not converted into shares of Common Stock prior to the Confirmation of the Plan cannot be converted into Common Stock until the first year anniversary of the date the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was issued. On this first anniversary date and every six months thereafter, the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may convert up to twenty-five percent (25%) of his/her/its remaining holdings of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock. Preferred shares are converted based on the liquidation preference amount and the conversion price of the Common Stock shall be equal to 90% of the twenty-day average closing ask price of the Common Stock, but in no case shall this price be less than $3.00 per share.

6. Redemption.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 6, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is not subject to redemption.

(b) The Company shall redeem for cash at a price per share equal to (i) 105% of the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount plus all accrued but unpaid dividends if redeemed within one year of the date of issuance; (ii) 104% of the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount plus all accrued but unpaid dividends if redeemed later than one year from the date of issuance (the "Corresponding Redemption Price").

(c) The Company may redeem all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at the Corresponding Redemption Price at any time as long as proper notice as required by this paragraph is sent. Not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to a redemption date set by the Company, written notice (the "Redemption Notice") shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed at his post office address last shown on the records of the Company. The Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) The total number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock being redeemed;

(ii) The total number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem;

(iii) The redemption date and the Redemption Price for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock; and

(iv) That the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the redemption date the Corresponding Redemption Price is paid, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, the Corresponding Redemption Price with respect to such shares shall cease to increase after the redemption date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the redemption date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Corresponding Redemption Price upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

(d) If on a redemption date the Board determines that funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to discharge such redemption requirements in full, such funds as are so available for such purpose shall be set aside and used for the redemption. Such redemption requirements shall be cumulative, so that if such requirements shall not be fully discharged as they accrue because of the insufficiency of funds legally available, all legally available funds shall be applied thereto until such requirements are fully discharged. There shall be a redemption within 10 days after such funds become available.

(e) In the event of the redemption of only a part of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata according to the number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of the shares as of 10 days before the redemption date.

7. Vote to Change the Terms of or Issue Preferred Stock. The affirmative vote at a meeting duly called for such purpose or the written consent without a meeting of the holders of not less than three-fourths (¾) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, shall be required for any change to this Amended Certificate of Designation or the Company's Amended Certificate of Incorporation which would amend, alter, change or repeal may of the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

8. Lost or Stolen Certificates. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Preferred Stock Certificates representing the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the holder to the Company and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate(s), the Company shall execute and deliver new preferred stock certificate(s) of the like lienor and date; provided, however, the Company shall not be obligated to re-issue Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Certificates if the holder contemporaneously requests the Company to convert such shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock.

9. Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief. The remedies provided in this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such remedy and nothing herein shall limit a holder's right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Certificate Designation. Amounts set forth or provided for herein with respect to payments, conversion and the like (and this computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the holder thereof and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof). The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

10. Specific Shall Not Limit General; Construction. No specific provision contained in this Amended Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein. This Amended Certificate of Designation shall be deemed to be jointly drafted by the Company and all initial purchasers of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and shall not be construed against any person as the drafter hereof.

11. Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of a holder of Series A Preferred Stock in the exercise or any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege.

B. Series B Convertible Preferred Stock:

1. Designation and Rank: The designation of such series of the Preferred Stock shall be the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock"). The maximum number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be five million (5,000,000) shares. The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall have a stated liquidation preference (the "Liquidation Preference Amount") of $1.00 per share. The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be subordinate to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, but shall have preference over and rank senior to (i) the Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share, and (ii) all other classes and series of equity securities of the Company which by its terms do not rank senior to the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock ("Junior Stock"). The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall contain a negative covenant prohibiting the Company from granting a security interest in the Company's Intellectual Property.

2. Dividends:

(a) Payment of Dividends: The holders of record of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) (the "Dividend Rate") of the stated Liquidation Preference Amount per share per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. Such dividends on the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be cumulative and shall accrue and be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock books on such record dates as are fixed by the Board of Directors. Such dividends on the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any distribution (as defined in Section 2(d) below) on any outstanding shares of Common Stock or any other equity securities of the Company ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends. Such dividends shall accrue on each share of Series B Preferred Stock from day to day from the date of initial issuance thereof whether or not earned or declared.



(b) On the date that the shareholder has held shares of Series B Preferred Convertible Stock for one year, the shareholder is entitled to be paid his/her/its dividend at the Dividend Rate in additional shares of Series B Preferred Convertible Stock. The number of shares to be paid to the holder is to be based on the fair market value of a share of Series B Preferred Convertible Stock as determined in a way reasonably satisfactory to the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock. Each year thereafter on the date dividends are to be paid, the shareholder is entitled to be paid his/her/its dividend in shares of Series B Preferred Convertible Stock in the manner as stated for year one or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, in cash.

(c) So long as any shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or make any distribution on, any Junior Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable in additional shares of Junior Stock), unless at the time of such dividend or distribution the Company shall have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

(d) In the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company pursuant to Section 4, all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be payable on the day immediately preceding the date of payment of the preferential amount to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock. In the event of a redemption pursuant to Section 6, all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall be payable on the day immediately preceding the date of such redemption.

(e) For purposes hereof, unless the context otherwise requires, "distribution" shall mean the transfer of cash or property without consideration, whether by way of dividend or otherwise, payable other than in shares of equity securities of the Company, or the purchases or redemption of shares of the Company (other than redemptions set forth in Section 6 below or repurchases of Common Stock held by employees or consultants of the Corporation upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase) for cash or property.

(f) If the Company shall fail to pay dividends as required in subparagraph (a) for six (6) consecutive quarters, a majority of the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall have the power to elect one director to the Company's Board of Directors, either by filling an existing vacancy on the Board or by removing a Director of their choice.

3. Voting Rights. So long as the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding, each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to vote on all matters voted on by holders of the Common Stock of the Company voting together as a single class with the other shares entitled to vote, at all meetings of the stockholders of the Company. With respect to any such vote, each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to cast the number of votes equal to the number of votes which could be cast in such vote by a holder of one (1) share of Common Stock of the Company.

4. Liquidation Preference.

(a) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Company, the holders of shares of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference Amount of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock plus any accrued and unpaid dividends only after payment is made or assets are distributed to the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, but before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of the Common Stock or any other Junior Stock. With regard to the Company's Intellectual Property, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall rank subordinate only to the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and shall rank senior to all other equity interests or indebtedness of the Company now or hereafter outstanding in order to pay each holder of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock his/her/its Liquidation Preference Amount. If the assets of the Company are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference Amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends payable to the holders of outstanding shares of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, each holder shall be paid an amount equal to a ratably proportionate amount of the total amount available. The liquidation payment with respect to each outstanding fractional share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be equal to a ratably proportionate amount of the liquidation payment with respect to each outstanding share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, in accordance with the respective amounts that would be payable on such shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. All payments for which this Section 4(a) provides shall be in cash, property (valued at its fair market value as determined by the Company's independent, outside accountant) or a combination thereof, provided, however, that no cash shall be paid to holders of Series B Convertible Preferred unless each holder of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has been paid in cash the full Liquidation Preference Amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to which such holder of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled. After payment of the full Liquidation Preference Amount plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to which each holder is entitled, such holders of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation as such in any distribution of the assets of the Company.

(b) A consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the effectuation by the Company of a transaction or series of transactions in which more than 50% of the voting shares of the Company is disposed of or conveyed, shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up within the meaning of this section 4. In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall maintain its relative powers, designations and preferences provided for herein and no merger shall result inconsistent therewith.

(c) Written notice of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, stating a payment date and the place where the distributable amounts shall be payable, shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, no less than 45 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to the holders of record of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at their respective addresses as the same shall appear on the books of the Company.

5. Limited Conversion Rights. All Series A Convertible Preferred Stock not converted into shares of Common Stock prior to the Confirmation of the Plan cannot be converted into Common Stock until the first year anniversary of the date the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was issued. On this first anniversary date and every six months thereafter, the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may convert up to twenty-five percent (25%) of his/her/its remaining holdings of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock. Preferred shares are converted based on the liquidation preference amount and the conversion price of the Common Stock shall be equal to 90% of the twenty-day average closing ask price of the Common Stock, but in no case shall this price be less than $3.00 per share.

6. Redemption.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 6, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is not subject to redemption.

(b) The Company shall redeem for cash at a price per share equal to (i) 105% of the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount plus all accrued but unpaid dividends if redeemed within one year of the date of issuance; (ii) 104%of the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount plus all accrued but unpaid dividends if redeemed after one year but within two years of the date of issuance; or (iii) 103% of the Series B Liquidation Preference Amount plus all accrued but unpaid dividends if redeemed later than two years from the date of issuance (the "Corresponding Redemption Price").

(c) The Company may redeem all of the then outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at the Corresponding Redemption Price at any time as long as proper notice as required by this paragraph is sent. Not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to a redemption date set by the Company, written notice (the "Redemption Notice") shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed at his post office address last shown on the records of the Company. The Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) The total number of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock being redeemed;

(ii) The total number of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem;

(iii) The redemption date and the Corresponding Redemption Price for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; and

(iv) That the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the redemption date the Corresponding Redemption Price is paid, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, the Corresponding Redemption Price with respect to such shares shall cease to increase after the redemption date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the redemption date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

(d) If on a redemption date the Board determines that funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to discharge such redemption requirements in full, such funds as are so available for such purpose shall be set aside and used for the redemption. Such redemption requirements shall be cumulative, so that if such requirements shall not be fully discharged as they accrue because of the insufficiency of funds legally available, all legally available funds shall be applied thereto until such requirements are fully discharged. There shall be a redemption within 10 days after such funds become available.

(e) In the event of the redemption of only a part of the outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata according to the number of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder of the shares as of 10 days before the redemption date.

7. Vote to Change the Terms of or Issue Preferred Stock. The affirmative vote at a meeting duly called for such purpose or the written consent without a meeting of the holders of not less than three-fourths (¾) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, shall be required for any change to this Amended Certificate of Designation or the Company's Amended Certificate of Incorporation which would amend, alter, change or repeal may of the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

8. Lost or Stolen Certificates. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Preferred Stock Certificates representing the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the holder to the Company and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate(s), the Company shall execute and deliver new preferred stock certificate(s) of the like lienor and date; provided, however, the Company shall not be obligated to re-issue Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Certificates if the holder contemporaneously requests the Company to convert such shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock.

9. Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief. The remedies provided in this Certificate of Designation shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Certificate of Designation, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), no remedy contained herein shall be deemed a waiver of compliance with the provisions giving rise to such remedy and nothing herein shall limit a holder's right to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Certificate Designation. Amounts set forth or provided for herein with respect to payments, conversion and the like (and this computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the holder thereof and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof). The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

10. Specific Shall Not Limit General; Construction. No specific provision contained in this Amended Certificate of Designation shall limit or modify any more general provision contained herein. This Amended Certificate of Designation shall be deemed to be jointly drafted by the Company and all initial purchasers of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and shall not be construed against any person as the drafter hereof.

11. Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of a holder of Series B Preferred Stock in the exercise or any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege.



C. Common Stock:

  1. Designation and Rank. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock, par value $.0001, shall be forty million (40,000,000) shares. The Common Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Common Stock shall be subordinate to both the Series A Convertible Preferred and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and to all other classes and series of equity securities of the Company which by their terms rank senior to the Common Stock, in the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or with regard to any other rights, privileges or preferences.

2. Other Rights. Pursuant to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock represents the right to one (1) vote. Holders of Common Stock will not have any cumulative voting rights, preemptive rights, conversion rights, redemption rights or sinking fund rights.

3. Dividends. Holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive dividends as may from time to time be declared by the Board of Directors at the Board of Directors' sole discretion. The Company shall be prohibited from declaring and paying dividends on the Common Stock as long as shares of Series A Convertible Preferred and/or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding.

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation shall be effective as of the date of filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and subscribed this Certificate and does affirm the foregoing as true this ___ day of ___________, 2002.





[DIRECTORS' SIGNATURES]

















































EX-2 13 shortsell.htm IA100 PROPOSED SHORT SELLING BAR REPRESENTATION

SHORT SELLING BAR REPRESENTATION

This representation shall serve as the promise and agreement by the recipient of any New Securities under the Plan to refrain from engaging in "short sales" of New Common Stock for a period of five years following the Plan Effective Date. For purposes of this Short Selling Bar Representation, "short sales" are defined as orders by a Person to its broker or agent to sell presently a specified number of shares held by the broker or agent in return for the Person's promise to replace the securities sold at a later date. The proceeds of the sale are held by the broker or agent pending receipt of the shares promised by the seller.

The prohibition contained in this Short Selling Bar Representation extends to (i) "naked" short sales, which are short sales of shares which the seller does not presently hold and are completed by covering through a market purchase of the shares due, and (ii) short sales "against the box," which are short sales of shares which the seller does presently hold, which are either covered by a market purchase (as with the "naked short") or by delivering the shares held against the shares due.

The recipient of any New Securities under the Plan further acknowledges and agrees in this Short Selling Bar Representation that in the event of its breach of this Short Selling Bar Representation, monetary damages shall not constitute a sufficient remedy. Consequently, in the event of any such breach, the recipient acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, the Reorganized Debtor may apply to the Bankruptcy Court or the District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (the jurisdiction to which the recipient shall be deemed to have consented to) or to any other court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions hereof, in each case without the requirement of posting a bond or proving actual damages. EX-2 14 appe.htm APP E INFORMATION REGARDING THE CERTAIN ANTICIPATED OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND CONSULTANTS

INFORMATION REGARDING THE CERTAIN ANTICIPATED OFFICERS,

DIRECTORS, AND CONSULTANTS OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTOR

A. Anticipated Directors of the Reorganized Debtor

The following Persons are expected to serve as the initial three members of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors. The Reorganized Debtor's directors shall be reimbursed for all expenses incurred in their functions as Directors. They shall also be compensated for time and resources expended on behalf of the Reorganized Debtor through the issuance of stock options under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is described at Section IX.D of the Disclosure Statement and set forth as Exhibit I.A.61 of the Plan.

Mr. Robert Burkett has served as a member of the Debtor's board since new management took over control of the Debtor through the consent solicitation that became effective on September 28, 2001. Mr. Burkett is presently the president of the Non-Profit Sector Division of The Carmen Group, Inc. In this capacity, he is responsible for the client development and strategy for a division of The Carmen Group providing strategic development, government affairs, and public affairs consulting for various non-profit entities. Mr. Burkett's positions include Chairman of the Democratic National Committee Trustees (1991-92), Library Commissioner for the City of Los Angeles (1993-97), Los Angeles City Environment Commissioner (1989-92), Finance Chair for Kerry for President, president of the David Geffen Foundation, executive vice president of public affairs for the Geffen Company, president of strategic development of the Gilman Investment Company, senior vice president of Corporate Affairs for The Interscope Group, executive with the California State Bar Association, and partner in Yucipa Companies. Mr. Burkett also serves on the boards of many philanthropic organizations, including the Elizabeth Glaser Pediatric AIDS Foundation, AMFAR, People For The American Way, National Public Radio, the Crossroads in Santa Monica, the Rape Treatment Center, and the Children's Health Fund. Mr. Burkett is a graduate of New York University and has a law degree from Boston University School of Law.

Mr. David Crews has also served as a member of the Debtor's board since new management took over control of the Debtor through the consent solicitation that became effective on September 28, 2001. Mr. Crews is executive vice president of Crews and Associates, Inc., a brokerage house located in Little Rock, Arkansas, founded by his father (Adron, deceased 1996). Mr. Crews has worked at Crews & Associates for more than 16 years, specializing in the fixed income markets. He is a former partner of All American Leasing, a municipal finance firm, and also serves as vice president, secretary, and treasurer of CHASC, Inc., an entity that acquired Smith Capital Management (an investment advisory firm). Mr. Crews and his family hold beneficial interests in approximately 155,000 shares of Existing Common Stock, $250,000 in 12% Senior Notes, and $200,000 in 10% Junior Notes.

B. Anticipated Senior Executives of the Reorganized Debtor

The following Persons are expected to serve as the initial officers of the Reorganized Debtor on the Effective Date and be compensated in the manner specified herein. The Reorganized Debtor's senior executives on the Effective Date are anticipated to be a president and chief executive officer, a vice president-finance, and a vice president-professional services. The Reorganized Debtor's executives will be compensated with a salary and a bonus, including participation in the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Mr. Kent Smith will serve as the Reorganized Debtor's president and chief executive officer, a position he assumed once new management took over control of the Debtor through the consent solicitation that became effective on September 28, 2001. Mr. Smith served as the Debtor's vice president-sales and marketing from April 1999 through June 2000. From January 1980 through his joining the Debtor, Mr. Smith was employed by Baxter Healthcare Corporation, where he served in a variety of general management and senior executive roles including President of the Cardiovascular Group, Baxter, Japan; Vice-President/General Manger of the Hospital Group, Baxter, Japan; Vice-President/General Manger of the Access Systems Group for the IV Systems Division of Baxter Healthcare; and Vice-President of Operations for the American Hospital Supply Division of Baxter Healthcare.

The Debtor's board of directors has agreed that, commencing on the Effective Date, Mr. Smith shall receive an annual base salary of [$ ], plus a bonus to be determined at the sole discretion of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors. He also will be entitled to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan and shall receive, on the Effective Date, options to purchase [ ] shares of New Common Stock at the Administrative Rate, with such options to vest according to a three-year vesting schedule.

Ms. Lee Wilcox shall serve as the Reorganized Debtor's acting chief financial officer. Ms. Wilcox has over 22 years experience with public and private technology and medical device companies. Ms. Wilcox has served as financial consultant to the Debtor since December, 2001. Ms. Wilcox has held senior financial and/or operating management positions with Scientific-Atlanta, NCR Corporation, and several early stage companies, including Vitagen, "A" Company, and Kreativ Inc. Ms. Wilcox has been a certified public accountant in California. She obtained an MBA from the University of San Diego.

The Debtor's board of directors has agreed that, commencing on the Effective Date, Ms. Wilcox shall receive an annual base salary of [$ ], plus a bonus to be determined at the sole discretion of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors. She also will be entitled to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan and shall receive, on the Effective Date, options to purchase [ ] shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, with such options to vest according to a three-year vesting schedule.

Ms. Carelyn Fylling, R.N., M.S.N., shall serve as the Reorganized Debtor's vice president-professional services, a position she has served since joining the Debtor's new management team in (December, 2001). Ms. Fylling was director of training and program development at the International Diabetes Center in Minneapolis, Minnesota. She also has served on the national Board of Directors of the American Diabetes Association and numerous national committees of the American Diabetes Association. Ms. Fylling received the prestigious Ames Award for Outstanding Educator in the Field of Diabetes. Subsequently, she joined Curative Health Services and helped the company grow from three employees to over 650 employees. During her 13 years at Curative, Ms. Fylling helped to design the national wound database, developed clinical protocols, conducted outcome studies, trained physicians and nurses in comprehensive wound management, wrote scientific articles and abstracts, assisted in clinical trials and marketing, and developed an Internet-based online wound care training program for health professionals. Recently, she provided independent consulting and outsourcing services to the health care industry through Fylling Associates, LLC, which she wholly owns, and through Strategic Partners, LLC, in which she holds a significant partnership interest.

The Debtor's board of directors has agreed that, commencing on the Effective Date, Ms. Fylling shall receive an annual base salary of [$ ], plus a bonus to be determined at the sole discretion of the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors. She also will be entitled to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan and shall receive, on the Effective Date, options to purchase [ ] shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, with such options to vest according to a three-year vesting schedule.

C. Anticipated Consultants to the Reorganized Debtor

The Company anticipates entering into a new consulting agreement with Jimmy D. Swink, Jr, who is presently employed as the Debtor's reorganization manager and whose employment by the Debtor will conclude on the Plan Effective Date.

The Debtor's board of directors has agreed that, commencing on the Effective Date, Mr. Swink shall serve as a business consultant pursuant to a consulting agreement with the Reorganized Debtor providing for payment to Mr. Swink of a fixed monthly retainer of [$ ], plus possible bonuses as determined by the Reorganized Debtor's board of directors in its sole discretion. Mr. Swink also will be entitled to participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan and shall receive, on the Effective Date, options to purchase [ ] shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, with such options to vest according to a three-year vesting schedule. EX-2 15 appf.htm APP F LIST OF POTENTIAL DEFENDANTS IN CAUSES OF ACTION COMPANY / INDIVIDUAL NAME

List of Potential Defendants in Causes of Action for Infringement or Unauthorized Use of Intellectual Property Assets or Breaches of Confidentiality, Nondisclosure, or Noncompetition Agreements
COMPANY / INDIVIDUAL NAME LOCATION
3I - Implant Innovations Palm Beach Gardens, FL
ABI Extracorporeal Seattle, WA
ABR Inc. Lawrenceville, GA
Advanced Cosmetic Surgery and Laser Center of Hyde Park Cincinnati, OH
Advanced Cosmetic Surgery Center Cincinnati, OH
Advanced Perfusion Care, Inc. Pinehurst, NC
Arizona Blood Therapies, LLC Gilbert, AZ
Autologous Blood Services, LLC Woodbury, NY
Autologous Blood Technology Dallas, TX
Autologous Wound Therapy of Texas Broken Arrow, OK
Bennett Medical/ Dr. Keith Bennett Hot Springs National Park, AR
Blood Recovery Systems, Inc. Fort Myers, FL
Blood Recovery Systems, Inc. Naples, FL
Bonk, John Chardon, OH
Carter Blood Care Bedford, TX
Chiron Corporation
Clinical Cardiac Perfusion, Inc. Blackwood, NJ
Coastal Cardiovascular Services, LLC Panama City, FL
Cohesion Palo Alto, CA
Contran Wolcott, CT
Direct Medical Co.
Diversified Therapies Jacksonville, FL
Gambro BCT (formerly Cobe) Arvada, CO
H & M Medical Services, Inc. Garden Grove, CA
Haemonetics Braintree, MA
Harvest Plymouth, MA
Heart of America Medical Lees Summit, MO
Hemoserv Inc. Toledo, OH
Integrated Blood Services, Inc. Gallion, AL
Interpore Cross International Irvine, CA
La Piel Face Spa Naples, FL
Life-Cor Perfusion Resources, Inc. Scottsdale, AZ
Dr. Daniel Man Boca Raton, FL
Medtronic Minneapolis, MN
Metro Preferred Outpatient Services LLC Metalarie, LA
Naples Facial Plastic Surgery Naples, FL
Pacific Auto Transfusion Corp. Ranco Cordova, CA
Pacific Life Systems, Inc. Ventura, CA
Palm Beach Institute of Cosmetic Surgery Palm Beach Gardens, FL
Perfusion Partners Fort Meyers, FL
Perfusion Partners and Associates, Inc. Fort Meyers, FL
PlasmaSeal San Francisco, CA
Platelet Gel Services Highland Beach, FL
Platelet Gel Services Fort Lauderdale, FL
Platelet Rich Services Bowling Green, KY
PPAI Fort Meyers, FL
Prosthodontics Intermedica Fort Washington, PA
Dr. Rene Ranieri
Riverview Hospital Noblesville, IN
SafeBlood Technologies Little Rock, AR
Salvin Dental Charlotte, NC
Seattle Implants
Dr. E. Price Stover
Turning Point Wound Management West Monroe, LA
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----